mirror of
https://github.com/nillerusr/source-engine.git
synced 2024-12-22 14:16:50 +00:00
10449 lines
246 KiB
C++
10449 lines
246 KiB
C++
//========= Copyright Valve Corporation, All rights reserved. ============//
|
|
//
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//
|
|
// $NoKeywords: $
|
|
//
|
|
//===========================================================================//
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// studiomdl.c: generates a studio .mdl file from a .qc script
|
|
// models/<scriptname>.mdl.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
|
#pragma warning( disable : 4244 )
|
|
#pragma warning( disable : 4237 )
|
|
#pragma warning( disable : 4305 )
|
|
|
|
#include <windows.h>
|
|
#undef GetCurrentDirectory
|
|
|
|
#include <Shlwapi.h> // PathCanonicalize
|
|
#pragma comment( lib, "shlwapi" )
|
|
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
|
#include <math.h>
|
|
#include <direct.h>
|
|
#include "istudiorender.h"
|
|
#include "filesystem_tools.h"
|
|
#include "tier2/fileutils.h"
|
|
#include "cmdlib.h"
|
|
#include "scriplib.h"
|
|
#include "mathlib/mathlib.h"
|
|
#define EXTERN
|
|
#include "studio.h"
|
|
#include "studiomdl.h"
|
|
#include "collisionmodel.h"
|
|
#include "optimize.h"
|
|
#include "byteswap.h"
|
|
#include "studiobyteswap.h"
|
|
#include "tier1/strtools.h"
|
|
#include "bspflags.h"
|
|
#include "tier0/icommandline.h"
|
|
#include "utldict.h"
|
|
#include "tier1/utlsortvector.h"
|
|
#include "bitvec.h"
|
|
#include "appframework/appframework.h"
|
|
#include "datamodel/idatamodel.h"
|
|
#include "materialsystem/materialsystem_config.h"
|
|
#include "vstdlib/cvar.h"
|
|
#include "tier1/tier1.h"
|
|
#include "tier2/tier2.h"
|
|
#include "tier3/tier3.h"
|
|
#include "datamodel/dmelementfactoryhelper.h"
|
|
#include "mdlobjects/dmeboneflexdriver.h"
|
|
#include "movieobjects/dmeanimationset.h"
|
|
#include "movieobjects/dmemdlmakefile.h"
|
|
#include "movieobjects/dmevertexdata.h"
|
|
#include "movieobjects/dmecombinationoperator.h"
|
|
#include "dmserializers/idmserializers.h"
|
|
#include "tier2/p4helpers.h"
|
|
#include "p4lib/ip4.h"
|
|
#include "mdllib/mdllib.h"
|
|
#include "perfstats.h"
|
|
#include "worldsize.h"
|
|
|
|
bool g_collapse_bones = false;
|
|
bool g_collapse_bones_aggressive = false;
|
|
bool g_quiet = false;
|
|
bool g_badCollide = false;
|
|
bool g_IHVTest = false;
|
|
bool g_bCheckLengths = false;
|
|
bool g_bPrintBones = false;
|
|
bool g_bPerf = false;
|
|
bool g_bDumpGraph = false;
|
|
bool g_bMultistageGraph = false;
|
|
bool g_verbose = false;
|
|
bool g_bCreateMakefile = false;
|
|
bool g_bHasModelName = false;
|
|
bool g_bZBrush = false;
|
|
bool g_bVerifyOnly = false;
|
|
bool g_bUseBoneInBBox = true;
|
|
bool g_bLockBoneLengths = false;
|
|
bool g_bOverridePreDefinedBones = false;
|
|
int g_minLod = 0;
|
|
int g_numAllowedRootLODs = 0;
|
|
bool g_bNoWarnings = false;
|
|
int g_maxWarnings = -1;
|
|
bool g_bX360 = false;
|
|
bool g_bBuildPreview = false;
|
|
bool g_bCenterBonesOnVerts = false;
|
|
bool g_bDumpMaterials = false;
|
|
bool g_bStripLods = false;
|
|
bool g_bMakeVsi = false;
|
|
float g_flDefaultMotionRollback = 0.3f;
|
|
int g_minSectionFrameLimit = 120;
|
|
int g_sectionFrames = 30;
|
|
bool g_bNoAnimblockStall = false;
|
|
|
|
char g_path[MAX_PATH];
|
|
Vector g_vecMinWorldspace = Vector( MIN_COORD_INTEGER, MIN_COORD_INTEGER, MIN_COORD_INTEGER );
|
|
Vector g_vecMaxWorldspace = Vector( MAX_COORD_INTEGER, MAX_COORD_INTEGER, MAX_COORD_INTEGER );
|
|
DmElementHandle_t g_hDmeBoneFlexDriverList = DMELEMENT_HANDLE_INVALID;
|
|
|
|
enum RunMode
|
|
{
|
|
RUN_MODE_BUILD,
|
|
RUN_MODE_STRIP_MODEL,
|
|
RUN_MODE_STRIP_VHV
|
|
} g_eRunMode = RUN_MODE_BUILD;
|
|
|
|
bool g_bNoP4 = false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
CUtlVector< s_hitboxset > g_hitboxsets;
|
|
CUtlVector< char > g_KeyValueText;
|
|
CUtlVector<s_flexcontrollerremap_t> g_FlexControllerRemap;
|
|
CCheckUVCmd g_StudioMdlCheckUVCmd;
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parsed data from a .qc or .dmx file
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
struct IKLock_t
|
|
{
|
|
CUtlString m_Name;
|
|
float m_flPosWeight;
|
|
float m_flLocalQWeight;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct SequenceOption_t
|
|
{
|
|
bool m_bSnap : 1;
|
|
bool m_bIsDelta : 1;
|
|
bool m_bIsWorldSpace : 1;
|
|
bool m_bIsPost : 1;
|
|
bool m_bIsPreDelta : 1;
|
|
bool m_bIsAutoplay : 1;
|
|
bool m_bIsRealTime : 1;
|
|
bool m_bIsHidden : 1;
|
|
float m_flFadeInTime;
|
|
float m_flFadeOutTime;
|
|
int m_nBlendWidth;
|
|
CUtlVector< CUtlString > m_AutoLayers;
|
|
CUtlVector< IKLock_t > m_IKLocks;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct CmdSequence_t
|
|
{
|
|
CUtlString m_Name;
|
|
CUtlString m_FileName;
|
|
SequenceOption_t m_Options;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Forward declarations
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void AddBodyFlexData( s_source_t *pSource, int imodel );
|
|
void AddBodyAttachments( s_source_t *pSource );
|
|
void AddBodyFlexRules( s_source_t *pSource );
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Stuff for writing a makefile to build models incrementally.
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
CUtlVector<CUtlSymbol> m_CreateMakefileDependencies;
|
|
|
|
void CreateMakefile_AddDependency( const char *pFileName )
|
|
{
|
|
EnsureDependencyFileCheckedIn( pFileName );
|
|
|
|
if( !g_bCreateMakefile )
|
|
{
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
CUtlSymbol sym( pFileName );
|
|
int i;
|
|
for( i = 0; i < m_CreateMakefileDependencies.Count(); i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if( m_CreateMakefileDependencies[i] == sym )
|
|
{
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
m_CreateMakefileDependencies.AddToTail( sym );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void EnsureDependencyFileCheckedIn( const char *pFileName )
|
|
{
|
|
// Early out: if no p4
|
|
if ( g_bNoP4 )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
char pFullPath[MAX_PATH];
|
|
if ( !GetGlobalFilePath( pFileName, pFullPath, sizeof(pFullPath) ) )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning( "Model dependency file '%s' is missing.\n", pFileName );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Q_FixSlashes( pFullPath );
|
|
char bufCanonicalPath[ MAX_PATH ] = {0};
|
|
PathCanonicalize( bufCanonicalPath, pFullPath );
|
|
CP4AutoAddFile p4_add_dep_file( bufCanonicalPath );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void StudioMdl_ScriptLoadedCallback( char const *pFilenameLoaded, char const *pIncludedFromFileName, int nIncludeLineNumber )
|
|
{
|
|
EnsureDependencyFileCheckedIn( pFilenameLoaded );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void CreateMakefile_OutputMakefile( void )
|
|
{
|
|
if( !g_bHasModelName )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Can't write makefile since a target mdl hasn't been specified!" );
|
|
}
|
|
FILE *fp = fopen( "makefile.tmp", "a" );
|
|
if( !fp )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "can't open makefile.tmp!\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
char mdlname[MAX_PATH];
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( mdlname, gamedir );
|
|
// if( *g_pPlatformName )
|
|
// {
|
|
// V_strcat_safe( mdlname, "platform_" );
|
|
// V_strcat_safe( mdlname, g_pPlatformName );
|
|
// V_strcat_safe( mdlname, "/" );
|
|
// }
|
|
V_strcat_safe( mdlname, "models/" );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( mdlname, outname );
|
|
Q_StripExtension( mdlname, mdlname, sizeof( mdlname ) );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( mdlname, ".mdl" );
|
|
Q_FixSlashes( mdlname );
|
|
|
|
fprintf( fp, "%s:", mdlname );
|
|
int i;
|
|
for( i = 0; i < m_CreateMakefileDependencies.Count(); i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
fprintf( fp, " %s", m_CreateMakefileDependencies[i].String() );
|
|
}
|
|
fprintf( fp, "\n" );
|
|
char mkdirpath[MAX_PATH];
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( mkdirpath, mdlname );
|
|
Q_StripFilename( mkdirpath );
|
|
fprintf( fp, "\tmkdir \"%s\"\n", mkdirpath );
|
|
fprintf( fp, "\t%s -quiet %s\n\n", CommandLine()->GetParm( 0 ), fullpath );
|
|
fclose( fp );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
static bool g_bFirstWarning = true;
|
|
|
|
void TokenError( const char *fmt, ... )
|
|
{
|
|
static char output[1024];
|
|
va_list args;
|
|
|
|
char *pFilename;
|
|
int iLineNumber;
|
|
|
|
if (GetTokenizerStatus( &pFilename, &iLineNumber ))
|
|
{
|
|
va_start( args, fmt );
|
|
vsprintf( output, fmt, args );
|
|
|
|
MdlError( "%s(%d): - %s", pFilename, iLineNumber, output );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
va_start( args, fmt );
|
|
vsprintf( output, fmt, args );
|
|
MdlError( "%s", output );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void MdlError( const char *fmt, ... )
|
|
{
|
|
static char output[1024];
|
|
static char *knownExtensions[] = {".mdl", ".ani", ".phy", ".sw.vtx", ".dx80.vtx", ".dx90.vtx", ".vvd"};
|
|
char fileName[MAX_PATH];
|
|
char baseName[MAX_PATH];
|
|
va_list args;
|
|
|
|
Assert( 0 );
|
|
if (g_quiet)
|
|
{
|
|
if (g_bFirstWarning)
|
|
{
|
|
printf("%s :\n", fullpath );
|
|
g_bFirstWarning = false;
|
|
}
|
|
printf("\t");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
printf("ERROR: ");
|
|
va_start( args, fmt );
|
|
vprintf( fmt, args );
|
|
|
|
// delete premature files
|
|
// unforunately, content is built without verification
|
|
// ensuring that targets are not available, prevents check-in
|
|
if (g_bHasModelName)
|
|
{
|
|
// undescriptive errors in batch processes could be anonymous
|
|
printf("ERROR: Aborted Processing on '%s'\n", outname);
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( fileName, gamedir );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( fileName, "models/" );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( fileName, outname );
|
|
Q_FixSlashes( fileName );
|
|
Q_StripExtension( fileName, baseName, sizeof( baseName ) );
|
|
|
|
for (int i=0; i<ARRAYSIZE(knownExtensions); i++)
|
|
{
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( fileName, baseName);
|
|
V_strcat_safe( fileName, knownExtensions[i] );
|
|
|
|
// really need filesystem concept here
|
|
// g_pFileSystem->RemoveFile( fileName );
|
|
unlink( fileName );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
exit( -1 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MdlWarning( const char *fmt, ... )
|
|
{
|
|
va_list args;
|
|
static char output[1024];
|
|
|
|
if (g_bNoWarnings || g_maxWarnings == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
WORD old = SetConsoleTextColor( 1, 1, 0, 1 );
|
|
|
|
if (g_quiet)
|
|
{
|
|
if (g_bFirstWarning)
|
|
{
|
|
printf("%s :\n", fullpath );
|
|
g_bFirstWarning = false;
|
|
}
|
|
printf("\t");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Assert( 0 );
|
|
|
|
printf("WARNING: ");
|
|
va_start( args, fmt );
|
|
vprintf( fmt, args );
|
|
|
|
if (g_maxWarnings > 0)
|
|
g_maxWarnings--;
|
|
|
|
if (g_maxWarnings == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (g_quiet)
|
|
{
|
|
printf("\t");
|
|
}
|
|
printf("suppressing further warnings...\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RestoreConsoleTextColor( old );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpewRetval_t MdlSpewOutputFunc( SpewType_t type, char const *pMsg )
|
|
{
|
|
if ((( type == SPEW_MESSAGE ) || (type == SPEW_LOG )) && g_quiet)
|
|
{
|
|
// suppress
|
|
}
|
|
else if (type == SPEW_WARNING)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning( "%s", pMsg );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
return CmdLib_SpewOutputFunc( type, pMsg );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return SPEW_CONTINUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef _DEBUG
|
|
|
|
void MdlHandleCrash( const char *pMessage, bool bAssert )
|
|
{
|
|
static LONG crashHandlerCount = 0;
|
|
if ( InterlockedIncrement( &crashHandlerCount ) == 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "'%s' (assert: %d)\n", pMessage, bAssert );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
InterlockedDecrement( &crashHandlerCount );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// This is called if we crash inside our crash handler. It just terminates the process immediately.
|
|
LONG __stdcall MdlSecondExceptionFilter( struct _EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ExceptionInfo )
|
|
{
|
|
TerminateProcess( GetCurrentProcess(), 2 );
|
|
return EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER; // (never gets here anyway)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void MdlExceptionFilter( unsigned long code )
|
|
{
|
|
// This is called if we crash inside our crash handler. It just terminates the process immediately.
|
|
SetUnhandledExceptionFilter( MdlSecondExceptionFilter );
|
|
|
|
//DWORD code = ExceptionInfo->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionCode;
|
|
|
|
#define ERR_RECORD( name ) { name, #name }
|
|
struct
|
|
{
|
|
int code;
|
|
char *pReason;
|
|
} errors[] =
|
|
{
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_ACCESS_VIOLATION ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_ARRAY_BOUNDS_EXCEEDED ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_BREAKPOINT ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_DATATYPE_MISALIGNMENT ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_FLT_DENORMAL_OPERAND ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_FLT_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_FLT_INEXACT_RESULT ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_FLT_INVALID_OPERATION ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_FLT_OVERFLOW ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_FLT_STACK_CHECK ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_FLT_UNDERFLOW ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_ILLEGAL_INSTRUCTION ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_IN_PAGE_ERROR ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_INT_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_INT_OVERFLOW ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_INVALID_DISPOSITION ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_NONCONTINUABLE_EXCEPTION ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_PRIV_INSTRUCTION ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_SINGLE_STEP ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_STACK_OVERFLOW ),
|
|
ERR_RECORD( EXCEPTION_ACCESS_VIOLATION ),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
int nErrors = sizeof( errors ) / sizeof( errors[0] );
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i=0; i < nErrors; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( errors[i].code == code )
|
|
MdlHandleCrash( errors[i].pReason, true );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( i == nErrors )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlHandleCrash( "Unknown reason", true );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TerminateProcess( GetCurrentProcess(), 1 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
=================
|
|
=================
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int k_memtotal;
|
|
void *kalloc( int num, int size )
|
|
{
|
|
// printf( "calloc( %d, %d )\n", num, size );
|
|
// printf( "%d ", num * size );
|
|
int nMemSize = num * size;
|
|
k_memtotal += nMemSize;
|
|
|
|
// ensure memory alignment on maximum of ALIGN
|
|
nMemSize += 511;
|
|
void *ptr = malloc( nMemSize );
|
|
memset( ptr, 0, nMemSize );
|
|
ptr = (byte *)((int)((byte *)ptr + 511) & ~511);
|
|
return ptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void kmemset( void *ptr, int value, int size )
|
|
{
|
|
// printf( "kmemset( %x, %d, %d )\n", ptr, value, size );
|
|
memset( ptr, value, size );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int verify_atoi( const char *token )
|
|
{
|
|
if (token[0] != '-' && (token[0] < '0' || token[0] > '9'))
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "expecting number, got \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
return atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
float verify_atof( const char *token )
|
|
{
|
|
if (token[0] != '-' && token[0] != '.' && (token[0] < '0' || token[0] > '9'))
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "expecting number, got \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
return atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
float verify_atof_with_null( const char *token )
|
|
{
|
|
if (strcmp( token, ".." ) == 0)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
if (token[0] != '-' && token[0] != '.' && (token[0] < '0' || token[0] > '9'))
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "expecting number, got \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
return atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Key value block
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
static void AppendKeyValueText( CUtlVector< char > *pKeyValue, const char *pString )
|
|
{
|
|
int nLen = strlen(pString);
|
|
int nFirst = pKeyValue->AddMultipleToTail( nLen );
|
|
memcpy( pKeyValue->Base() + nFirst, pString, nLen );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int KeyValueTextSize( CUtlVector< char > *pKeyValue )
|
|
{
|
|
return pKeyValue->Count();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const char *KeyValueText( CUtlVector< char > *pKeyValue )
|
|
{
|
|
return pKeyValue->Base();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Option_KeyValues( CUtlVector< char > *pKeyValue );
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Read global input into common string
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
bool GetLineInput( void )
|
|
{
|
|
while (fgets( g_szLine, sizeof( g_szLine ), g_fpInput ) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
g_iLinecount++;
|
|
// skip comments
|
|
if (g_szLine[0] == '/' && g_szLine[1] == '/')
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
=================
|
|
=================
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int lookupControl( char *string )
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"X")==0) return STUDIO_X;
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"Y")==0) return STUDIO_Y;
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"Z")==0) return STUDIO_Z;
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"XR")==0) return STUDIO_XR;
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"YR")==0) return STUDIO_YR;
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"ZR")==0) return STUDIO_ZR;
|
|
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"LX")==0) return STUDIO_LX;
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"LY")==0) return STUDIO_LY;
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"LZ")==0) return STUDIO_LZ;
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"LXR")==0) return STUDIO_LXR;
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"LYR")==0) return STUDIO_LYR;
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"LZR")==0) return STUDIO_LZR;
|
|
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"LM")==0) return STUDIO_LINEAR;
|
|
if (stricmp(string,"LQ")==0) return STUDIO_QUADRATIC_MOTION;
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
=================
|
|
=================
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int LookupPoseParameter( char *name )
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < g_numposeparameters; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!stricmp( name, g_pose[i].name))
|
|
{
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_pose[i].name, name );
|
|
g_numposeparameters = i + 1;
|
|
|
|
if (g_numposeparameters > MAXSTUDIOPOSEPARAM)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "too many pose parameters (max %d)\n", MAXSTUDIOPOSEPARAM );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Stuff for writing a makefile to build models incrementally.
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *FindSourceAnim( s_source_t *pSource, const char *pAnimName )
|
|
{
|
|
int nCount = pSource->m_Animations.Count();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *pAnim = &pSource->m_Animations[i];
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pAnimName, pAnim->animationname ) )
|
|
return pAnim;
|
|
}
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const s_sourceanim_t *FindSourceAnim( const s_source_t *pSource, const char *pAnimName )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pAnimName[0] )
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
int nCount = pSource->m_Animations.Count();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
const s_sourceanim_t *pAnim = &pSource->m_Animations[i];
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pAnimName, pAnim->animationname ) )
|
|
return pAnim;
|
|
}
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *FindOrAddSourceAnim( s_source_t *pSource, const char *pAnimName )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pAnimName[0] )
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
int nCount = pSource->m_Animations.Count();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *pAnim = &pSource->m_Animations[i];
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pAnimName, pAnim->animationname ) )
|
|
return pAnim;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int nIndex = pSource->m_Animations.AddToTail();
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *pAnim = &pSource->m_Animations[nIndex];
|
|
memset( pAnim, 0, sizeof(s_sourceanim_t) );
|
|
Q_strncpy( pAnim->animationname, pAnimName, sizeof(pAnim->animationname) );
|
|
return pAnim;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: Handle the $boneflexdriver command
|
|
// QC: $boneflexdriver <bone name> <tx|ty|tz> <flex controller name> <min> <max>
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_BoneFlexDriver()
|
|
{
|
|
CDisableUndoScopeGuard undoDisable; // Turn of Dme undo
|
|
|
|
// Find or create the DmeBoneFlexDriverList
|
|
CDmeBoneFlexDriverList *pDmeBoneFlexDriverList = GetElement< CDmeBoneFlexDriverList >( g_hDmeBoneFlexDriverList );
|
|
if ( !pDmeBoneFlexDriverList )
|
|
{
|
|
pDmeBoneFlexDriverList = CreateElement< CDmeBoneFlexDriverList >( "boneDriverFlexList", DMFILEID_INVALID );
|
|
if ( pDmeBoneFlexDriverList )
|
|
{
|
|
g_hDmeBoneFlexDriverList = pDmeBoneFlexDriverList->GetHandle();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !pDmeBoneFlexDriverList )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "%s: Couldn't find or create DmeBoneDriverFlexList\n", "$boneflexdriver" );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// <bone name>
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
CDmeBoneFlexDriver *pDmeBoneFlexDriver = pDmeBoneFlexDriverList->FindOrCreateBoneFlexDriver( token );
|
|
if ( !pDmeBoneFlexDriver )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "%s: Couldn't find or create DmeBoneFlexDriver for bone \"%s\"\n", "$boneflexdriver", token );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// <tx|ty|tz|rx|ry|rz>
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
const char *ppszComponentTypeList[] = { "tx", "ty", "tz" };
|
|
int nBoneComponent = -1;
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < ARRAYSIZE( ppszComponentTypeList ); ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( StringHasPrefix( token, ppszComponentTypeList[i] ) )
|
|
{
|
|
nBoneComponent = i;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nBoneComponent < STUDIO_BONE_FLEX_TX || nBoneComponent > STUDIO_BONE_FLEX_TZ )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "%s: Invalid bone component, must be one of <tx|ty|tz>\n", "$boneflexdriver" );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// <flex controller name>
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
CDmeBoneFlexDriverControl *pDmeBoneFlexDriverControl = pDmeBoneFlexDriver->FindOrCreateControl( token );
|
|
if ( !pDmeBoneFlexDriverControl )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "%s: Couldn't find or create DmeBoneFlexDriverControl for bone \"%s\"\n", "$boneflexdriver", token );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pDmeBoneFlexDriverControl->m_nBoneComponent = nBoneComponent;
|
|
|
|
// <min>
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pDmeBoneFlexDriverControl->m_flMin = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
// <max>
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pDmeBoneFlexDriverControl->m_flMax = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: Handle the $checkuv command
|
|
// QC: $checkuv [0to1] [overlap] [inverse] [gutter <res> <min>]
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_CheckUV()
|
|
{
|
|
g_StudioMdlCheckUVCmd.ClearCheck( CCheckUVCmd::CHECK_UV_ALL_FLAGS );
|
|
|
|
while ( TokenAvailable() && GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !V_stricmp( token, "0to1" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_StudioMdlCheckUVCmd.SetCheck( CCheckUVCmd::CHECK_UV_FLAG_NORMALIZED );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !V_stricmp( token, "overlap" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_StudioMdlCheckUVCmd.SetCheck( CCheckUVCmd::CHECK_UV_FLAG_OVERLAP );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !V_stricmp( token, "inverse" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_StudioMdlCheckUVCmd.SetCheck( CCheckUVCmd::CHECK_UV_FLAG_INVERSE );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !V_stricmp( token, "gutter" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_StudioMdlCheckUVCmd.SetCheck( CCheckUVCmd::CHECK_UV_FLAG_GUTTER );
|
|
if ( TokenAvailable() && GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( V_isdigit( *token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
const int nOptRes = V_atoi( token );
|
|
if ( nOptRes <= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$checkuv: Invalid resolution, \"%s\", for gutter check specified, must be > 0\n", token );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_StudioMdlCheckUVCmd.m_nOptGutterTexWidth = nOptRes;
|
|
g_StudioMdlCheckUVCmd.m_nOptGutterTexHeight = nOptRes;
|
|
|
|
if ( TokenAvailable() && GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( V_isdigit( *token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
const int nOptMin = V_atoi( token );
|
|
if ( nOptMin <= 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$checkuv: Invalid minimum, \"%s\", for gutter check specified, must be > 0\n", token );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_StudioMdlCheckUVCmd.m_nOptGutterMin = nOptMin;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
UnGetToken();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
UnGetToken();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$checkuv: Unknown argument \"%s\", expected one of [ 0to1, overlap, inverse, gutter ]\n", token );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !g_StudioMdlCheckUVCmd.DoAnyCheck() )
|
|
{
|
|
g_StudioMdlCheckUVCmd.SetCheck( CCheckUVCmd::CHECK_UV_ALL_FLAGS );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_PoseParameter( )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( g_numposeparameters >= MAXSTUDIOPOSEPARAM )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "too many pose parameters (max %d)\n", MAXSTUDIOPOSEPARAM );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int i = LookupPoseParameter( token );
|
|
|
|
// name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_pose[i].name, token );
|
|
|
|
if ( TokenAvailable() )
|
|
{
|
|
// min
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_pose[i].min = verify_atof (token);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( TokenAvailable() )
|
|
{
|
|
// max
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_pose[i].max = verify_atof (token);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while ( TokenAvailable() )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( token, "wrap" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_pose[i].flags |= STUDIO_LOOPING;
|
|
g_pose[i].loop = g_pose[i].max - g_pose[i].min;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( token, "loop" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_pose[i].flags |= STUDIO_LOOPING;
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_pose[i].loop = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
=================
|
|
=================
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int LookupTexture( const char *pTextureName, bool bRelativePath )
|
|
{
|
|
char pTextureNoExt[MAX_PATH];
|
|
char pTextureBase[MAX_PATH];
|
|
char pTextureBase2[MAX_PATH];
|
|
Q_StripExtension( pTextureName, pTextureNoExt, sizeof(pTextureNoExt) );
|
|
Q_FileBase( pTextureName, pTextureBase, sizeof(pTextureBase) );
|
|
|
|
int nFlags = bRelativePath ? RELATIVE_TEXTURE_PATH_SPECIFIED : 0;
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < g_numtextures; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( g_texture[i].flags == nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pTextureNoExt, g_texture[i].name ) )
|
|
return i;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Comparing relative vs non-relative
|
|
if ( bRelativePath )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pTextureBase, g_texture[i].name ) )
|
|
return i;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Comparing non-relative vs relative
|
|
Q_FileBase( g_texture[i].name, pTextureBase2, sizeof(pTextureBase2) );
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pTextureNoExt, pTextureBase2 ) )
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( i >= MAXSTUDIOSKINS )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError("Too many materials used, max %d\n", ( int )MAXSTUDIOSKINS );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Q_strncpy( g_texture[i].name, pTextureNoExt, sizeof(g_texture[i].name) );
|
|
g_texture[i].material = -1;
|
|
g_texture[i].flags = nFlags;
|
|
g_numtextures++;
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_RenameMaterial( void )
|
|
{
|
|
char from[256];
|
|
char to[256];
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( from, token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( to, token );
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numtextures; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( g_texture[i].name, from ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_texture[i].name, to );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
MdlError( "unknown material \"%s\" in rename\n", from );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int UseTextureAsMaterial( int textureindex )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( g_texture[textureindex].material == -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
if (g_bDumpMaterials)
|
|
{
|
|
printf("material %d %d %s\n", textureindex, g_nummaterials, g_texture[textureindex].name );
|
|
}
|
|
g_material[g_nummaterials] = textureindex;
|
|
g_texture[textureindex].material = g_nummaterials++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return g_texture[textureindex].material;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int MaterialToTexture( int material )
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numtextures; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (g_texture[i].material == material)
|
|
{
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//Wrong name for the use of it.
|
|
void scale_vertex( Vector &org )
|
|
{
|
|
org[0] = org[0] * g_currentscale;
|
|
org[1] = org[1] * g_currentscale;
|
|
org[2] = org[2] * g_currentscale;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void SetSkinValues( )
|
|
{
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
int index;
|
|
|
|
// Check all textures to see if we have relative paths specified
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numtextures; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( g_texture[i].flags & RELATIVE_TEXTURE_PATH_SPECIFIED )
|
|
{
|
|
// Add an empty path to prepend if anything specifies a relative path
|
|
cdtextures[numcdtextures] = 0;
|
|
++numcdtextures;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( numcdtextures == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
char szName[MAX_PATH];
|
|
|
|
// strip down till it finds "models"
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( szName, fullpath );
|
|
while (szName[0] != '\0' && strnicmp( "models", szName, 6 ) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
strcpy( &szName[0], &szName[1] );
|
|
}
|
|
if (szName[0] != '\0')
|
|
{
|
|
Q_StripFilename( szName );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( szName, "/" );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// if( *g_pPlatformName )
|
|
// {
|
|
// V_strcat_safe( szName, "platform_" );
|
|
// V_strcat_safe( szName, g_pPlatformName );
|
|
// V_strcat_safe( szName, "/" );
|
|
// }
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( szName, "models/" );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( szName, outname );
|
|
Q_StripExtension( szName, szName, sizeof( szName ) );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( szName, "/" );
|
|
}
|
|
cdtextures[0] = strdup( szName );
|
|
numcdtextures = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numtextures; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
char szName[256];
|
|
Q_StripExtension( g_texture[i].name, szName, sizeof( szName ) );
|
|
Q_strncpy( g_texture[i].name, szName, sizeof( g_texture[i].name ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// build texture groups
|
|
for (i = 0; i < MAXSTUDIOSKINS; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
for (j = 0; j < MAXSTUDIOSKINS; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
g_skinref[i][j] = j;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
index = 0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numtexturelayers[0]; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
for (j = 0; j < g_numtexturereps[0]; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
g_skinref[i][g_texturegroup[0][0][j]] = g_texturegroup[0][i][j];
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
g_numskinfamilies = i;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_numskinfamilies = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
g_numskinref = g_numtextures;
|
|
|
|
// printf ("width: %i height: %i\n",width, height);
|
|
/*
|
|
printf ("adjusted width: %i height: %i top : %i left: %i\n",
|
|
pmesh->skinwidth, pmesh->skinheight, pmesh->skintop, pmesh->skinleft );
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
=================
|
|
=================
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
int LookupXNode( char *name )
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = 1; i <= g_numxnodes; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( name, g_xnodename[i] ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
g_xnodename[i] = strdup( name );
|
|
g_numxnodes = i;
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
=================
|
|
=================
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
char g_szFilename[1024];
|
|
FILE *g_fpInput;
|
|
char g_szLine[4096];
|
|
int g_iLinecount;
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Build_Reference( s_source_t *pSource, const char *pAnimName )
|
|
{
|
|
int i, parent;
|
|
Vector angle;
|
|
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *pReferenceAnim = FindSourceAnim( pSource, pAnimName );
|
|
for (i = 0; i < pSource->numbones; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
matrix3x4_t m;
|
|
if ( pReferenceAnim )
|
|
{
|
|
AngleMatrix( pReferenceAnim->rawanim[0][i].rot, m );
|
|
m[0][3] = pReferenceAnim->rawanim[0][i].pos[0];
|
|
m[1][3] = pReferenceAnim->rawanim[0][i].pos[1];
|
|
m[2][3] = pReferenceAnim->rawanim[0][i].pos[2];
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
SetIdentityMatrix( m );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
parent = pSource->localBone[i].parent;
|
|
if (parent == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
// scale the done pos.
|
|
// calc rotational matrices
|
|
MatrixCopy( m, pSource->boneToPose[i] );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// calc compound rotational matrices
|
|
// FIXME : Hey, it's orthogical so inv(A) == transpose(A)
|
|
Assert( parent < i );
|
|
ConcatTransforms( pSource->boneToPose[parent], m, pSource->boneToPose[i] );
|
|
}
|
|
// printf("%3d %f %f %f\n", i, psource->bonefixup[i].worldorg[0], psource->bonefixup[i].worldorg[1], psource->bonefixup[i].worldorg[2] );
|
|
/*
|
|
AngleMatrix( angle, m );
|
|
printf("%8.4f %8.4f %8.4f\n", m[0][0], m[1][0], m[2][0] );
|
|
printf("%8.4f %8.4f %8.4f\n", m[0][1], m[1][1], m[2][1] );
|
|
printf("%8.4f %8.4f %8.4f\n", m[0][2], m[1][2], m[2][2] );
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int Grab_Nodes( s_node_t *pnodes )
|
|
{
|
|
int index;
|
|
char name[1024];
|
|
int parent;
|
|
int numbones = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (index = 0; index < MAXSTUDIOSRCBONES; index++)
|
|
{
|
|
pnodes[index].parent = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (GetLineInput())
|
|
{
|
|
if (sscanf( g_szLine, "%d \"%[^\"]\" %d", &index, name, &parent ) == 3)
|
|
{
|
|
// check for duplicated bones
|
|
/*
|
|
if (strlen(pnodes[index].name) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "bone \"%s\" exists more than once\n", name );
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( pnodes[index].name, name );
|
|
pnodes[index].parent = parent;
|
|
if (index > numbones)
|
|
{
|
|
numbones = index;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
return numbones + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
MdlError( "Unexpected EOF at line %d\n", g_iLinecount );
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void clip_rotations( RadianEuler& rot )
|
|
{
|
|
int j;
|
|
// clip everything to : -M_PI <= x < M_PI
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
|
|
while (rot[j] >= M_PI)
|
|
rot[j] -= M_PI*2;
|
|
while (rot[j] < -M_PI)
|
|
rot[j] += M_PI*2;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void clip_rotations( Vector& rot )
|
|
{
|
|
int j;
|
|
// clip everything to : -180 <= x < 180
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
|
|
while (rot[j] >= 180)
|
|
rot[j] -= 180*2;
|
|
while (rot[j] < -180)
|
|
rot[j] += 180*2;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
=================
|
|
Cmd_Eyeposition
|
|
=================
|
|
*/
|
|
void Cmd_Eyeposition (void)
|
|
{
|
|
// rotate points into frame of reference so g_model points down the positive x
|
|
// axis
|
|
// FIXME: these coords are bogus
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
eyeposition[1] = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
eyeposition[0] = -verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
eyeposition[2] = verify_atof (token);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Cmd_MaxEyeDeflection
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_MaxEyeDeflection()
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
g_flMaxEyeDeflection = cosf( verify_atof( token ) * M_PI / 180.0f );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Cmd_Illumposition
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Illumposition( void )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
illumposition[0] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
illumposition[1] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
illumposition[2] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
if ( TokenAvailable() )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
Q_strncpy( g_attachment[g_numattachments].name, "__illumPosition", sizeof(g_attachment[g_numattachments].name) );
|
|
Q_strncpy( g_attachment[g_numattachments].bonename, token, sizeof(g_attachment[g_numattachments].bonename) );
|
|
AngleMatrix( QAngle( 0, 0, 0 ), illumposition, g_attachment[g_numattachments].local );
|
|
g_attachment[g_numattachments].type |= IS_RIGID;
|
|
|
|
g_illumpositionattachment = g_numattachments + 1;
|
|
++g_numattachments;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_illumpositionattachment = 0;
|
|
|
|
// rotate points into frame of reference so
|
|
// g_model points down the positive x axis
|
|
// FIXME: these coords are bogus
|
|
float flTemp = illumposition[0];
|
|
illumposition[0] = -illumposition[1];
|
|
illumposition[1] = flTemp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
illumpositionset = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Process Cmd_Modelname
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void ProcessModelName( const char *pModelName )
|
|
{
|
|
// Abort early if modelname is too big
|
|
// - actually that's okay, it's just an identifier and can be truncated
|
|
|
|
g_bHasModelName = true;
|
|
Q_strncpy( outname, pModelName, sizeof( outname ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse Cmd_Modelname
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Modelname (void)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
if ( token[0] == '/' || token[0] == '\\' )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning( "$modelname key has slash as first character. Removing.\n" );
|
|
ProcessModelName( &token[1] );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ProcessModelName( token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Autocenter()
|
|
{
|
|
g_centerstaticprop = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
===============
|
|
===============
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse the body command from a .qc file
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void ProcessOptionStudio( s_model_t *pmodel, const char *pFullPath, CDmeSourceSkin *pSkin )
|
|
{
|
|
Q_strncpy( pmodel->filename, pFullPath, sizeof(pmodel->filename) );
|
|
|
|
if ( pSkin->m_flScale != 0.0f )
|
|
{
|
|
pmodel->scale = g_currentscale = pSkin->m_flScale;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pmodel->scale = g_currentscale = g_defaultscale;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// load source
|
|
pmodel->source = Load_Source( pmodel->filename, "", pSkin->m_bFlipTriangles, true );
|
|
|
|
// Reset currentscale to whatever global we currently have set
|
|
// g_defaultscale gets set in Cmd_ScaleUp everytime the $scale command is used.
|
|
g_currentscale = g_defaultscale;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse the studio options from a .qc file
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
bool ParseOptionStudio( CDmeSourceSkin *pSkin )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
pSkin->SetRelativeFileName( token );
|
|
while ( TokenAvailable() )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "reverse", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
pSkin->m_bFlipTriangles = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "scale", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
pSkin->m_flScale = verify_atof( token );
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "faces", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "bias", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "{", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
UnGetToken( );
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MdlError("unknown command \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse + process the studio options from a .qc file
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Option_Studio( s_model_t *pmodel )
|
|
{
|
|
CDmeSourceSkin *pSourceSkin = CreateElement< CDmeSourceSkin >( "" );
|
|
|
|
// Set defaults
|
|
pSourceSkin->m_flScale = g_defaultscale;
|
|
|
|
if ( ParseOptionStudio( pSourceSkin ) )
|
|
{
|
|
ProcessOptionStudio( pmodel, pSourceSkin->GetRelativeFileName(), pSourceSkin );
|
|
}
|
|
DestroyElement( pSourceSkin );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int Option_Blank( )
|
|
{
|
|
g_model[g_nummodels] = (s_model_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_model_t ) );
|
|
|
|
g_source[g_numsources] = (s_source_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_source_t ) );
|
|
g_model[g_nummodels]->source = g_source[g_numsources];
|
|
g_numsources++;
|
|
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].pmodel[g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].nummodels] = g_model[g_nummodels];
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_model[g_nummodels]->name, "blank" );
|
|
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].nummodels++;
|
|
g_nummodels++;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Bodygroup( )
|
|
{
|
|
int is_started = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (g_numbodyparts == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].base = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].base = g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts-1].base * g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts-1].nummodels;
|
|
}
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].name, token );
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (true);
|
|
if (endofscript)
|
|
return;
|
|
else if (token[0] == '{')
|
|
{
|
|
is_started = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (token[0] == '}')
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("studio", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
g_model[g_nummodels] = (s_model_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_model_t ) );
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].pmodel[g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].nummodels] = g_model[g_nummodels];
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].nummodels++;
|
|
|
|
Option_Studio( g_model[g_nummodels] );
|
|
|
|
// Body command should add any flex commands in the source loaded
|
|
if ( g_model[g_nummodels]->source )
|
|
{
|
|
AddBodyFlexData( g_model[g_nummodels]->source, g_nummodels );
|
|
AddBodyAttachments( g_model[g_nummodels]->source );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_nummodels++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("blank", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Option_Blank( );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError("unknown bodygroup option: \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
} while (1);
|
|
|
|
g_numbodyparts++;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Add A Body Flex Rule
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void AddBodyFlexFetchRule(
|
|
s_source_t *pSource,
|
|
s_flexrule_t *pRule,
|
|
int rawIndex,
|
|
const CUtlVector< int > &pRawIndexToRemapSourceIndex,
|
|
const CUtlVector< int > &pRawIndexToRemapLocalIndex,
|
|
const CUtlVector< int > &pRemapSourceIndexToGlobalFlexControllerIndex )
|
|
{
|
|
// Lookup the various indices of the requested input to fetch
|
|
// Relative to the remapped controls in the current s_source_t
|
|
const int remapSourceIndex = pRawIndexToRemapSourceIndex[ rawIndex ];
|
|
// Relative to the specific remapped control
|
|
const int remapLocalIndex = pRawIndexToRemapLocalIndex[ rawIndex ];
|
|
// The global flex controller index that the user ultimately twiddles
|
|
const int globalFlexControllerIndex = pRemapSourceIndexToGlobalFlexControllerIndex[ remapSourceIndex ];
|
|
|
|
// Get the Remap record
|
|
s_flexcontrollerremap_t &remap = pSource->m_FlexControllerRemaps[ remapSourceIndex ];
|
|
switch ( remap.m_RemapType )
|
|
{
|
|
case FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_PASSTHRU:
|
|
// Easy As!
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_FETCH1;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.index = globalFlexControllerIndex;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_EYELID:
|
|
if ( remapLocalIndex == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = remap.m_EyesUpDownFlexController >= 0 ? remap.m_EyesUpDownFlexController : -1;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = remap.m_BlinkController >= 0 ? remap.m_BlinkController : -1;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = globalFlexControllerIndex; // CloseLid
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_DME_LOWER_EYELID;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.index = remap.m_MultiIndex; // CloseLidV
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = remap.m_EyesUpDownFlexController >= 0 ? remap.m_EyesUpDownFlexController : -1;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = remap.m_BlinkController >= 0 ? remap.m_BlinkController : -1;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = globalFlexControllerIndex; // CloseLid
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_DME_UPPER_EYELID;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.index = remap.m_MultiIndex; // CloseLidV
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_2WAY:
|
|
// A little trickier... local index 0 is on the left, local index 1 is on the right
|
|
// Left Equivalent RemapVal( -1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0 )
|
|
// Right Equivalent RemapVal( 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 1.0 )
|
|
if ( remapLocalIndex == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_2WAY_0;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.index = globalFlexControllerIndex;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_2WAY_1;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.index = globalFlexControllerIndex;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_NWAY:
|
|
{
|
|
int nRemapCount = remap.m_RawControls.Count();
|
|
float flStep = ( nRemapCount > 2 ) ? 2.0f / ( nRemapCount - 1 ) : 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
if ( remapLocalIndex == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = -11.0f;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = -10.0f;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = -1.0f;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = -1.0f + flStep;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( remapLocalIndex == nRemapCount - 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = 1.0f - flStep;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = 1.0f;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = 10.0f;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = 11.0f;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
float flPeak = remapLocalIndex * flStep - 1.0f;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = flPeak - flStep;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = flPeak;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = flPeak;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = flPeak + flStep;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = remap.m_MultiIndex;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_NWAY;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.index = globalFlexControllerIndex;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
Assert( 0 );
|
|
// This is an error condition
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.value = 1.0f;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Add A Body Flex Rule
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void AddBodyFlexRule(
|
|
s_source_t *pSource,
|
|
s_combinationrule_t &rule,
|
|
int nFlexDesc,
|
|
const CUtlVector< int > &pRawIndexToRemapSourceIndex,
|
|
const CUtlVector< int > &pRawIndexToRemapLocalIndex,
|
|
const CUtlVector< int > &pRemapSourceIndexToGlobalFlexControllerIndex )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( g_numflexrules >= MAXSTUDIOFLEXRULES )
|
|
MdlError( "Line %d: Too many flex rules, max %d",
|
|
g_iLinecount, MAXSTUDIOFLEXRULES );
|
|
|
|
s_flexrule_t *pRule = &g_flexrule[g_numflexrules++];
|
|
pRule->flex = nFlexDesc;
|
|
|
|
// This will multiply the combination together
|
|
const int nCombinationCount = rule.m_Combination.Count();
|
|
if ( nCombinationCount )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int j = 0; j < nCombinationCount; ++j )
|
|
{
|
|
// Handle any controller remapping
|
|
AddBodyFlexFetchRule( pSource, pRule, rule.m_Combination[ j ],
|
|
pRawIndexToRemapSourceIndex, pRawIndexToRemapLocalIndex,
|
|
pRemapSourceIndexToGlobalFlexControllerIndex );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nCombinationCount > 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_COMBO;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.index = nCombinationCount;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This will multiply in the suppressors
|
|
int nDominators = rule.m_Dominators.Count();
|
|
for ( int j = 0; j < nDominators; ++j )
|
|
{
|
|
const int nFactorCount = rule.m_Dominators[j].Count();
|
|
if ( nFactorCount )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int k = 0; k < nFactorCount; ++k )
|
|
{
|
|
AddBodyFlexFetchRule( pSource, pRule, rule.m_Dominators[ j ][ k ],
|
|
pRawIndexToRemapSourceIndex, pRawIndexToRemapLocalIndex,
|
|
pRemapSourceIndexToGlobalFlexControllerIndex );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].op = STUDIO_DOMINATE;
|
|
pRule->op[ pRule->numops ].d.index = nFactorCount;
|
|
pRule->numops++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Adds flex controller data to a particular source
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void AddFlexControllers(
|
|
s_source_t *pSource )
|
|
{
|
|
CUtlVector< int > &r2s = pSource->m_rawIndexToRemapSourceIndex;
|
|
CUtlVector< int > &r2l = pSource->m_rawIndexToRemapLocalIndex;
|
|
CUtlVector< int > &l2i = pSource->m_leftRemapIndexToGlobalFlexControllIndex;
|
|
CUtlVector< int > &r2i = pSource->m_rightRemapIndexToGlobalFlexControllIndex;
|
|
|
|
// Number of Raw controls in this source
|
|
const int nRawControlCount = pSource->m_CombinationControls.Count();
|
|
// Initialize rawToRemapIndices
|
|
r2s.SetSize( nRawControlCount );
|
|
r2l.SetSize( nRawControlCount );
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nRawControlCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
r2s[ i ] = -1;
|
|
r2l[ i ] = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Number of Remapped Controls in this source
|
|
const int nRemappedControlCount = pSource->m_FlexControllerRemaps.Count();
|
|
l2i.SetSize( nRemappedControlCount );
|
|
r2i.SetSize( nRemappedControlCount );
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nRemappedControlCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
s_flexcontrollerremap_t &remapControl = pSource->m_FlexControllerRemaps[ i ];
|
|
|
|
// Number of Raw Controls In This Remapped Control
|
|
const int nRemappedRawControlCount = remapControl.m_RawControls.Count();
|
|
|
|
// Figure out the mapping from raw to remapped
|
|
for ( int j = 0; j < nRemappedRawControlCount; ++j )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int k = 0; k < nRawControlCount; ++k )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( remapControl.m_RawControls[ j ] == pSource->m_CombinationControls[ k ].name )
|
|
{
|
|
Assert( r2s[ k ] == -1 );
|
|
Assert( r2l[ k ] == -1 );
|
|
r2s[ k ] = i; // The index of the remapped control
|
|
r2l[ k ] = j; // The index of which control this is in the remap
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( remapControl.m_bIsStereo )
|
|
{
|
|
// The controls have to be named 'right_' and 'left_' and right has to be first for
|
|
// hlfaceposer to recognize them
|
|
|
|
// See if we can add two more flex controllers
|
|
if ( ( g_numflexcontrollers + 1 ) >= MAXSTUDIOFLEXCTRL)
|
|
MdlError( "Line %d: Too many flex controllers, max %d, cannot add split control %s from source %s",
|
|
g_iLinecount, MAXSTUDIOFLEXCTRL, remapControl.m_Name.Get(), pSource->filename );
|
|
|
|
s_flexcontroller_t *pController;
|
|
|
|
int nLen = remapControl.m_Name.Length();
|
|
char *pTemp = (char*)_alloca( nLen + 7 ); // 'left_' && 'right_'
|
|
|
|
memcpy( pTemp + 6, remapControl.m_Name.Get(), nLen + 1 );
|
|
memcpy( pTemp, "right_", 6 );
|
|
pTemp[nLen + 6] = '\0';
|
|
|
|
remapControl.m_RightIndex = g_numflexcontrollers;
|
|
r2i[ i ] = g_numflexcontrollers;
|
|
pController = &g_flexcontroller[g_numflexcontrollers++];
|
|
Q_strncpy( pController->name, pTemp, sizeof( pController->name ) );
|
|
Q_strncpy( pController->type, pTemp, sizeof( pController->type ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( remapControl.m_RemapType == FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_2WAY || remapControl.m_RemapType == FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_EYELID )
|
|
{
|
|
pController->min = -1.0f;
|
|
pController->max = 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pController->min = 0.0f;
|
|
pController->max = 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
memcpy( pTemp + 5, remapControl.m_Name.Get(), nLen + 1 );
|
|
memcpy( pTemp, "left_", 5 );
|
|
pTemp[nLen + 5] = '\0';
|
|
|
|
remapControl.m_LeftIndex = g_numflexcontrollers;
|
|
l2i[ i ] = g_numflexcontrollers;
|
|
pController = &g_flexcontroller[g_numflexcontrollers++];
|
|
Q_strncpy( pController->name, pTemp, sizeof( pController->name ) );
|
|
Q_strncpy( pController->type, pTemp, sizeof( pController->type ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( remapControl.m_RemapType == FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_2WAY || remapControl.m_RemapType == FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_EYELID )
|
|
{
|
|
pController->min = -1.0f;
|
|
pController->max = 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pController->min = 0.0f;
|
|
pController->max = 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// See if we can add one more flex controller
|
|
if ( g_numflexcontrollers >= MAXSTUDIOFLEXCTRL)
|
|
MdlError( "Line %d: Too many flex controllers, max %d, cannot add control %s from source %s",
|
|
g_iLinecount, MAXSTUDIOFLEXCTRL, remapControl.m_Name.Get(), pSource->filename );
|
|
|
|
remapControl.m_Index = g_numflexcontrollers;
|
|
r2i[ i ] = g_numflexcontrollers;
|
|
l2i[ i ] = g_numflexcontrollers;
|
|
s_flexcontroller_t *pController = &g_flexcontroller[g_numflexcontrollers++];
|
|
Q_strncpy( pController->name, remapControl.m_Name.Get(), sizeof( pController->name ) );
|
|
Q_strncpy( pController->type, remapControl.m_Name.Get(), sizeof( pController->type ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( remapControl.m_RemapType == FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_2WAY || remapControl.m_RemapType == FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_EYELID )
|
|
{
|
|
pController->min = -1.0f;
|
|
pController->max = 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pController->min = 0.0f;
|
|
pController->max = 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( remapControl.m_RemapType == FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_NWAY || remapControl.m_RemapType == FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_EYELID )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( g_numflexcontrollers >= MAXSTUDIOFLEXCTRL)
|
|
MdlError( "Line %d: Too many flex controllers, max %d, cannot add value control for nWay %s from source %s",
|
|
g_iLinecount, MAXSTUDIOFLEXCTRL, remapControl.m_Name.Get(), pSource->filename );
|
|
|
|
remapControl.m_MultiIndex = g_numflexcontrollers;
|
|
s_flexcontroller_t *pController = &g_flexcontroller[g_numflexcontrollers++];
|
|
const int nLen = remapControl.m_Name.Length();
|
|
char *pTemp = ( char * )_alloca( nLen + 6 + 1 ); // 'multi_' + 1 for the NULL
|
|
|
|
memcpy( pTemp, "multi_", 6 );
|
|
memcpy( pTemp + 6, remapControl.m_Name.Get(), nLen + 1 );
|
|
pTemp[nLen+6] = '\0';
|
|
Q_strncpy( pController->name, pTemp, sizeof( pController->name ) );
|
|
Q_strncpy( pController->type, pTemp, sizeof( pController->type ) );
|
|
|
|
pController->min = -1.0f;
|
|
pController->max = 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( remapControl.m_RemapType == FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_EYELID )
|
|
{
|
|
// Make a blink controller
|
|
|
|
if ( g_numflexcontrollers >= MAXSTUDIOFLEXCTRL)
|
|
MdlError( "Line %d: Too many flex controllers, max %d, cannot add value control for nWay %s from source %s",
|
|
g_iLinecount, MAXSTUDIOFLEXCTRL, remapControl.m_Name.Get(), pSource->filename );
|
|
|
|
remapControl.m_BlinkController = g_numflexcontrollers;
|
|
s_flexcontroller_t *pController = &g_flexcontroller[g_numflexcontrollers++];
|
|
|
|
Q_strncpy( pController->name, "blink", sizeof( pController->name ) );
|
|
Q_strncpy( pController->type, "blink", sizeof( pController->type ) );
|
|
|
|
pController->min = 0.0f;
|
|
pController->max = 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
|
for ( int j = 0; j != nRawControlCount; ++j )
|
|
{
|
|
Assert( r2s[ j ] != -1 );
|
|
Assert( r2l[ j ] != -1 );
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // def _DEBUG
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Adds flex controller remappers
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void AddBodyFlexRemaps( s_source_t *pSource )
|
|
{
|
|
int nCount = pSource->m_FlexControllerRemaps.Count();
|
|
for( int i = 0; i < nCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
int k = g_FlexControllerRemap.AddToTail();
|
|
s_flexcontrollerremap_t &remap = g_FlexControllerRemap[k];
|
|
remap = pSource->m_FlexControllerRemaps[i];
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void AddBodyFlexRules( s_source_t *pSource )
|
|
{
|
|
const int nRemapCount = pSource->m_FlexControllerRemaps.Count();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nRemapCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
s_flexcontrollerremap_t &remap = pSource->m_FlexControllerRemaps[ i ];
|
|
if ( remap.m_RemapType == FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_EYELID && !remap.m_EyesUpDownFlexName.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int j = 0; j < g_numflexcontrollers; ++j )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_strcmp( g_flexcontroller[ j ].name, remap.m_EyesUpDownFlexName.Get() ) )
|
|
{
|
|
Assert( remap.m_EyesUpDownFlexController == -1 );
|
|
remap.m_EyesUpDownFlexController = j;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const int nCount = pSource->m_CombinationRules.Count();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
s_combinationrule_t &rule = pSource->m_CombinationRules[i];
|
|
s_flexkey_t &flexKey = g_flexkey[ pSource->m_nKeyStartIndex + rule.m_nFlex ];
|
|
AddBodyFlexRule( pSource, rule, flexKey.flexdesc,
|
|
pSource->m_rawIndexToRemapSourceIndex, pSource->m_rawIndexToRemapLocalIndex, pSource->m_leftRemapIndexToGlobalFlexControllIndex );
|
|
if ( flexKey.flexpair != 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
AddBodyFlexRule( pSource, rule, flexKey.flexpair,
|
|
pSource->m_rawIndexToRemapSourceIndex, pSource->m_rawIndexToRemapLocalIndex, pSource->m_rightRemapIndexToGlobalFlexControllIndex );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Process a body command
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void AddBodyFlexData( s_source_t *pSource, int imodel )
|
|
{
|
|
pSource->m_nKeyStartIndex = g_numflexkeys;
|
|
|
|
// Add flex keys
|
|
int nCount = pSource->m_FlexKeys.Count();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
s_flexkey_t &key = pSource->m_FlexKeys[i];
|
|
|
|
if ( g_numflexkeys >= MAXSTUDIOFLEXKEYS )
|
|
MdlError( "Line %d: Too many flex keys, max %d, cannot add flexKey %s from source %s",
|
|
g_iLinecount, MAXSTUDIOFLEXKEYS, key.animationname, pSource->filename );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( &g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys], &key, sizeof(s_flexkey_t) );
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].imodel = imodel;
|
|
|
|
// flexpair was set up in AddFlexKey
|
|
if ( key.flexpair )
|
|
{
|
|
char mod[512];
|
|
Q_snprintf( mod, sizeof(mod), "%sL", key.animationname );
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].flexdesc = Add_Flexdesc( mod );
|
|
Q_snprintf( mod, sizeof(mod), "%sR", key.animationname );
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].flexpair = Add_Flexdesc( mod );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].flexdesc = Add_Flexdesc( key.animationname );
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].flexpair = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
++g_numflexkeys;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AddFlexControllers( pSource );
|
|
|
|
AddBodyFlexRemaps( pSource );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Comparison operator for s_attachment_t
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
bool s_attachment_t::operator==( const s_attachment_t &rhs ) const
|
|
{
|
|
if ( Q_strcmp( name, rhs.name ) )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if ( Q_stricmp( bonename, rhs.bonename ) ||
|
|
bone != rhs.bone ||
|
|
type != rhs.type ||
|
|
flags != rhs.flags ||
|
|
Q_memcmp( local.Base(), rhs.local.Base(), sizeof( local ) ) )
|
|
{
|
|
RadianEuler iEuler, jEuler;
|
|
Vector iPos, jPos;
|
|
MatrixAngles( local, iEuler, iPos );
|
|
MatrixAngles( rhs.local, jEuler, jPos );
|
|
MdlWarning(
|
|
"Attachments with the same name but different parameters found\n"
|
|
" %s: ParentBone: %s Type: %d Flags: 0x%08x P: %6.2f %6.2f %6.2f R: %6.2f %6.2f %6.2f\n"
|
|
" %s: ParentBone: %s Type: %d Flags: 0x%08x P: %6.2f %6.2f %6.2f R: %6.2f %6.2f %6.2f\n",
|
|
name, bonename, type, flags,
|
|
iPos.x, iPos.y, iPos.z, RAD2DEG( iEuler.x ), RAD2DEG( iEuler.y ), RAD2DEG( iEuler.z ),
|
|
rhs.name, rhs.bonename, rhs.type, rhs.flags,
|
|
jPos.x, jPos.y, jPos.z, RAD2DEG( jEuler.x ), RAD2DEG( jEuler.y ), RAD2DEG( jEuler.z ) );
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Add attachments from the s_source_t that aren't already present in the
|
|
// global attachment list. At this point, the attachments aren't linked
|
|
// to the bone, but since that is done by string matching on the bone name
|
|
// the test for an attachment being a duplicate is still valid this early.
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void AddBodyAttachments( s_source_t *pSource )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < pSource->m_Attachments.Count(); ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
const s_attachment_t &sourceAtt = pSource->m_Attachments[i];
|
|
|
|
bool bDuplicate = false;
|
|
|
|
for ( int j = 0; j < g_numattachments; ++j )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( sourceAtt == g_attachment[j] )
|
|
{
|
|
bDuplicate = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bDuplicate )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if ( g_numattachments >= ARRAYSIZE( g_attachment ) )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning( "Too Many Attachments (Max %d), Ignoring Attachment %s:%s\n",
|
|
ARRAYSIZE( g_attachment ), pSource->filename, pSource->m_Attachments[i].name );
|
|
continue;;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
memcpy( &g_attachment[g_numattachments], &( pSource->m_Attachments[i] ), sizeof( s_attachment_t ) );
|
|
++g_numattachments;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Process a body command
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void ProcessCmdBody( const char *pFullPath, CDmeSourceSkin *pSkin )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( g_numbodyparts == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].base = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].base = g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts-1].base * g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts-1].nummodels;
|
|
}
|
|
Q_strncpy( g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].name, pSkin->m_SkinName.Get(), sizeof(g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].name) );
|
|
|
|
g_model[g_nummodels] = (s_model_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_model_t ) );
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].pmodel[g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].nummodels] = g_model[g_nummodels];
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].nummodels = 1;
|
|
|
|
ProcessOptionStudio( g_model[g_nummodels], pFullPath, pSkin );
|
|
|
|
// Body command should add any flex commands in the source loaded
|
|
if ( g_model[g_nummodels]->source )
|
|
{
|
|
AddBodyFlexData( g_model[g_nummodels]->source, g_nummodels );
|
|
AddBodyAttachments( g_model[g_nummodels]->source );
|
|
AddBodyFlexRules( g_model[ g_nummodels ]->source );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_nummodels++;
|
|
g_numbodyparts++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse the body command from a .qc file
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Body( )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken(false) )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
CDmeSourceSkin *pSourceSkin = CreateElement< CDmeSourceSkin >( "" );
|
|
|
|
// Set defaults
|
|
pSourceSkin->m_flScale = g_defaultscale;
|
|
|
|
pSourceSkin->m_SkinName = token;
|
|
if ( ParseOptionStudio( pSourceSkin ) )
|
|
{
|
|
ProcessCmdBody( pSourceSkin->GetRelativeFileName(), pSourceSkin );
|
|
}
|
|
DestroyElement( pSourceSkin );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
===============
|
|
===============
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Grab_Animation( s_source_t *pSource, const char *pAnimName )
|
|
{
|
|
Vector pos;
|
|
RadianEuler rot;
|
|
char cmd[1024];
|
|
int index;
|
|
int t = -99999999;
|
|
int size;
|
|
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *pAnim = FindOrAddSourceAnim( pSource, pAnimName );
|
|
pAnim->startframe = -1;
|
|
|
|
size = pSource->numbones * sizeof( s_bone_t );
|
|
|
|
while ( GetLineInput() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( sscanf( g_szLine, "%d %f %f %f %f %f %f", &index, &pos[0], &pos[1], &pos[2], &rot[0], &rot[1], &rot[2] ) == 7 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pAnim->startframe < 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Missing frame start(%d) : %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
scale_vertex( pos );
|
|
VectorCopy( pos, pAnim->rawanim[t][index].pos );
|
|
VectorCopy( rot, pAnim->rawanim[t][index].rot );
|
|
|
|
clip_rotations( rot ); // !!!
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( sscanf( g_szLine, "%1023s %d", cmd, &index ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "MdlError(%d) : %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( cmd, "time" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
t = index;
|
|
if ( pAnim->startframe == -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
pAnim->startframe = t;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( t < pAnim->startframe )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Frame MdlError(%d) : %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
if ( t > pAnim->endframe )
|
|
{
|
|
pAnim->endframe = t;
|
|
}
|
|
t -= pAnim->startframe;
|
|
|
|
if ( t >= pAnim->rawanim.Count())
|
|
{
|
|
s_bone_t *ptr = NULL;
|
|
pAnim->rawanim.AddMultipleToTail( t - pAnim->rawanim.Count() + 1, &ptr );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pAnim->rawanim[t] != NULL )
|
|
{
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pAnim->rawanim[t] = (s_bone_t *)kalloc( 1, size );
|
|
|
|
// duplicate previous frames keys
|
|
if ( t > 0 && pAnim->rawanim[t-1] )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int j = 0; j < pSource->numbones; j++ )
|
|
{
|
|
VectorCopy( pAnim->rawanim[t-1][j].pos, pAnim->rawanim[t][j].pos );
|
|
VectorCopy( pAnim->rawanim[t-1][j].rot, pAnim->rawanim[t][j].rot );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( cmd, "end" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
pAnim->numframes = pAnim->endframe - pAnim->startframe + 1;
|
|
|
|
for ( t = 0; t < pAnim->numframes; t++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pAnim->rawanim[t] == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "%s is missing frame %d\n", pSource->filename, t + pAnim->startframe );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Build_Reference( pSource, pAnimName );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MdlError( "MdlError(%d) : %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MdlError( "unexpected EOF: %s\n", pSource->filename );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int Option_Activity( s_sequence_t *psequence )
|
|
{
|
|
qboolean found;
|
|
|
|
found = false;
|
|
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( psequence->activityname, token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
psequence->actweight = verify_atoi(token);
|
|
|
|
if ( psequence->actweight == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Activity %s has a zero weight (weights must be integers > 0)\n", psequence->activityname );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int Option_ActivityModifier( s_sequence_t *psequence )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( psequence->activitymodifier[ psequence->numactivitymodifiers++ ].name, token );
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
===============
|
|
===============
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
int Option_Event ( s_sequence_t *psequence )
|
|
{
|
|
if (psequence->numevents + 1 >= MAXSTUDIOEVENTS)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("too many events\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( psequence->event[psequence->numevents].eventname, token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
psequence->event[psequence->numevents].frame = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
psequence->numevents++;
|
|
|
|
// option token
|
|
if (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (token[0] == '}') // opps, hit the end
|
|
return 1;
|
|
// found an option
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( psequence->event[psequence->numevents-1].options, token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Option_IKRule( s_ikrule_t *pRule )
|
|
{
|
|
// chain
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < g_numikchains; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( token, g_ikchain[i].name ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (i >= g_numikchains)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown chain \"%s\" in ikrule\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
pRule->chain = i;
|
|
// default slot
|
|
pRule->slot = i;
|
|
|
|
// type
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (stricmp( token, "touch" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->type = IK_SELF;
|
|
|
|
// bone
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( pRule->bonename, token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "footstep" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->type = IK_GROUND;
|
|
|
|
pRule->height = g_ikchain[pRule->chain].height;
|
|
pRule->floor = g_ikchain[pRule->chain].floor;
|
|
pRule->radius = g_ikchain[pRule->chain].radius;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "attachment" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->type = IK_ATTACHMENT;
|
|
|
|
// name of attachment
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( pRule->attachment, token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "release" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->type = IK_RELEASE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "unlatch" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->type = IK_UNLATCH;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pRule->contact = -1;
|
|
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (stricmp( token, "height" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pRule->height = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "target" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// slot
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pRule->slot = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "range" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// ramp
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (token[0] == '.')
|
|
pRule->start = -1;
|
|
else
|
|
pRule->start = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (token[0] == '.')
|
|
pRule->peak = -1;
|
|
else
|
|
pRule->peak = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (token[0] == '.')
|
|
pRule->tail = -1;
|
|
else
|
|
pRule->tail = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (token[0] == '.')
|
|
pRule->end = -1;
|
|
else
|
|
pRule->end = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "floor" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pRule->floor = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "pad" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pRule->radius = verify_atof( token ) / 2.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "radius" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pRule->radius = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "contact" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pRule->contact = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "usesequence" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->usesequence = true;
|
|
pRule->usesource = false;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "usesource" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->usesequence = false;
|
|
pRule->usesource = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "fakeorigin" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pRule->pos.x = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pRule->pos.y = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pRule->pos.z = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
pRule->bone = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "fakerotate" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
QAngle ang;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
ang.x = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
ang.y = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
ang.z = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
AngleQuaternion( ang, pRule->q );
|
|
|
|
pRule->bone = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "bone" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( pRule->bonename, token );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
UnGetToken();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
=================
|
|
Cmd_Origin
|
|
=================
|
|
*/
|
|
void Cmd_Origin (void)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_defaultadjust.x = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_defaultadjust.y = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_defaultadjust.z = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
if (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_defaultrotation.z = DEG2RAD( verify_atof( token ) + 90);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: Set the default root rotation so that the Y axis is up instead of the Z axis (for Maya)
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void ProcessUpAxis( const RadianEuler &angles )
|
|
{
|
|
g_defaultrotation = angles;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: Set the default root rotation so that the Y axis is up instead of the Z axis (for Maya)
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_UpAxis( void )
|
|
{
|
|
// We want to create a rotation that rotates from the art space
|
|
// (specified by the up direction) to a z up space
|
|
// Note: x, -x, -y are untested
|
|
RadianEuler angles( 0.0f, 0.0f, M_PI / 2.0f );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
if (!Q_stricmp( token, "x" ))
|
|
{
|
|
// rotate 90 degrees around y to move x into z
|
|
angles.x = 0.0f;
|
|
angles.y = M_PI / 2.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!Q_stricmp( token, "-x" ))
|
|
{
|
|
// untested
|
|
angles.x = 0.0f;
|
|
angles.y = -M_PI / 2.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!Q_stricmp( token, "y" ))
|
|
{
|
|
// rotate 90 degrees around x to move y into z
|
|
angles.x = M_PI / 2.0f;
|
|
angles.y = 0.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!Q_stricmp( token, "-y" ))
|
|
{
|
|
// untested
|
|
angles.x = -M_PI / 2.0f;
|
|
angles.y = 0.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!Q_stricmp( token, "z" ))
|
|
{
|
|
// there's still a built in 90 degree Z rotation :(
|
|
angles.x = 0.0f;
|
|
angles.y = 0.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!Q_stricmp( token, "-z" ))
|
|
{
|
|
// there's still a built in 90 degree Z rotation :(
|
|
angles.x = 0.0f;
|
|
angles.y = 0.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown $upaxis option: \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ProcessUpAxis( angles );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
=================
|
|
=================
|
|
*/
|
|
void Cmd_ScaleUp (void)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_defaultscale = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
g_currentscale = g_defaultscale;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: Sets how what size chunks to cut the animations into
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_AnimBlockSize( void )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
g_animblocksize = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
if (g_animblocksize < 1024)
|
|
{
|
|
g_animblocksize *= 1024;
|
|
}
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (!Q_stricmp( token, "nostall" ))
|
|
{
|
|
g_bNoAnimblockStall = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
static void FlipFacing( s_source_t *pSrc )
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned short tmp;
|
|
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
for( i = 0; i < pSrc->nummeshes; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
s_mesh_t *pMesh = &pSrc->mesh[i];
|
|
for( j = 0; j < pMesh->numfaces; j++ )
|
|
{
|
|
s_face_t &f = pSrc->face[pMesh->faceoffset + j];
|
|
tmp = f.b; f.b = f.c; f.c = tmp;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Processes source comment line and extracts information about the data file
|
|
void ProcessSourceComment( s_source_t *psource, const char *pCommentString )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( char const *szSceneComment = StringAfterPrefix( pCommentString, "// SCENE=" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
char szScene[1024];
|
|
Q_strncpy( szScene, szSceneComment, ARRAYSIZE( szScene ) );
|
|
|
|
Q_FixSlashes( szScene );
|
|
|
|
ProcessOriginalContentFile( psource->filename, szScene );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Processes original content file "szOriginalContentFile" that was used to generate
|
|
// data file "szDataFile"
|
|
void ProcessOriginalContentFile( char const *szDataFile, char const *szOriginalContentFile )
|
|
{
|
|
// Early out: if no p4
|
|
if ( g_bNoP4 )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
char const *szContentDirRootEnd = strstr( szDataFile, "\\content\\" );
|
|
char const *szSceneName = strstr( szOriginalContentFile, "\\content\\" );
|
|
if ( szContentDirRootEnd && szSceneName )
|
|
{
|
|
char chScenePath[ MAX_PATH ] = {0};
|
|
Q_snprintf( chScenePath, sizeof( chScenePath ) - 1, "%.*s%s",
|
|
szContentDirRootEnd - szDataFile, szDataFile, szSceneName );
|
|
EnsureDependencyFileCheckedIn( chScenePath );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( szContentDirRootEnd && !szSceneName )
|
|
{
|
|
// Assume relative path
|
|
char chScenePath[ MAX_PATH ] = {0};
|
|
Q_snprintf( chScenePath, sizeof( chScenePath ) - 1, "%.*s%s",
|
|
max( strrchr( szDataFile, '\\' ), strrchr( szDataFile, '/' ) ) + 1 - szDataFile,
|
|
szDataFile, szOriginalContentFile );
|
|
EnsureDependencyFileCheckedIn( chScenePath );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning( "ProcessOriginalContentFile for '%s' cannot detect scene source file from '%s'!\n", szDataFile, szOriginalContentFile );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Checks to see if the model source was already loaded
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
static s_source_t *FindCachedSource( const char* name, const char* xext )
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if( xext[0] )
|
|
{
|
|
// we know what extension is necessary. . look for it.
|
|
Q_snprintf( g_szFilename, sizeof(g_szFilename), "%s%s.%s", cddir[numdirs], name, xext );
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numsources; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( g_szFilename, g_source[i]->filename ) )
|
|
return g_source[i];
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// we don't know what extension to use, so look for all of 'em.
|
|
Q_snprintf( g_szFilename, sizeof(g_szFilename), "%s%s.vrm", cddir[numdirs], name );
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numsources; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( g_szFilename, g_source[i]->filename ) )
|
|
return g_source[i];
|
|
}
|
|
Q_snprintf (g_szFilename, sizeof(g_szFilename), "%s%s.smd", cddir[numdirs], name );
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numsources; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( g_szFilename, g_source[i]->filename ) )
|
|
return g_source[i];
|
|
}
|
|
Q_snprintf (g_szFilename, sizeof(g_szFilename), "%s%s.dmx", cddir[numdirs], name );
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numsources; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( g_szFilename, g_source[i]->filename ) )
|
|
return g_source[i];
|
|
}
|
|
Q_snprintf (g_szFilename, sizeof(g_szFilename), "%s%s.xml", cddir[numdirs], name );
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numsources; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( g_szFilename, g_source[i]->filename ) )
|
|
return g_source[i];
|
|
}
|
|
Q_snprintf (g_szFilename, sizeof(g_szFilename), "%s%s.obj", cddir[numdirs], name );
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numsources; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( g_szFilename, g_source[i]->filename ) )
|
|
return g_source[i];
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
sprintf (g_szFilename, "%s%s.vta", cddir[numdirs], name );
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numsources; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( g_szFilename, g_source[i]->filename ) == 0)
|
|
return g_source[i];
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Not found
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Loads an animation/model source
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
s_source_t *Load_Source( const char *name, const char *ext, bool reverse, bool isActiveModel )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( g_numsources >= MAXSTUDIOSEQUENCES )
|
|
TokenError( "Load_Source( %s ) - overflowed g_numsources.", name );
|
|
|
|
Assert(name);
|
|
int namelen = strlen(name) + 1;
|
|
char* pTempName = (char*)_alloca( namelen );
|
|
char xext[32];
|
|
int result = false;
|
|
|
|
V_strncpy( pTempName, name, namelen );
|
|
Q_ExtractFileExtension( pTempName, xext, sizeof( xext ) );
|
|
|
|
if (xext[0] == '\0')
|
|
{
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( xext, ext );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Q_StripExtension( pTempName, pTempName, namelen );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s_source_t* pSource = FindCachedSource( pTempName, xext );
|
|
if (pSource)
|
|
{
|
|
if (isActiveModel)
|
|
pSource->isActiveModel = true;
|
|
|
|
return pSource;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_source[g_numsources] = (s_source_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_source_t ) );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_source[g_numsources]->filename, g_szFilename );
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (isActiveModel)
|
|
{
|
|
g_source[g_numsources]->isActiveModel = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
char const * load_extensions[] = { "vrm", "smd", "sma", "phys", "vta", "obj", "dmx", "xml" };
|
|
int ( *load_procs[] )( s_source_t * ) = { Load_VRM, Load_SMD, Load_SMD, Load_SMD, Load_VTA, Load_OBJ, Load_DMX, Load_DMX };
|
|
|
|
Assert( ARRAYSIZE(load_extensions) == ARRAYSIZE(load_procs) );
|
|
for ( int kk = 0; kk < ARRAYSIZE( load_extensions ); ++ kk )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ( !result && xext[0] == '\0' ) || Q_stricmp( xext, load_extensions[kk] ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Q_snprintf( g_szFilename, sizeof(g_szFilename), "%s%s.%s", cddir[numdirs], pTempName, load_extensions[kk] );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_source[g_numsources]->filename, g_szFilename );
|
|
result = (load_procs[kk])( g_source[g_numsources] );
|
|
|
|
if ( result )
|
|
EnsureDependencyFileCheckedIn( g_source[g_numsources]->filename );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!g_bCreateMakefile && !result)
|
|
{
|
|
if (xext[0] == '\0')
|
|
TokenError( "could not load file '%s%s'\n", cddir[numdirs], pTempName );
|
|
else
|
|
TokenError( "could not load file '%s%s.%s'\n", cddir[numdirs], pTempName, xext );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( g_source[g_numsources]->numbones == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "missing all bones in file '%s'\n", g_source[g_numsources]->filename );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// copy over default settings of when the model was loaded (since there's no actual animation for some of the systems)
|
|
VectorCopy( g_defaultadjust, g_source[g_numsources]->adjust );
|
|
g_source[g_numsources]->scale = 1.0f;
|
|
g_source[g_numsources]->rotation = g_defaultrotation;
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_numsources++;
|
|
if( reverse )
|
|
{
|
|
FlipFacing( g_source[g_numsources-1] );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return g_source[g_numsources-1];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
s_sequence_t *LookupSequence( const char *name )
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < g_sequence.Count(); ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( g_sequence[i].name, name ) )
|
|
return &g_sequence[i];
|
|
}
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
s_animation_t *LookupAnimation( const char *name )
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < g_numani; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( g_panimation[i]->name, name ) )
|
|
return g_panimation[i];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s_sequence_t *pseq = LookupSequence( name );
|
|
return pseq ? pseq->panim[0][0] : NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: parse order dependant s_animcmd_t token for $animations
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
int ParseCmdlistToken( int &numcmds, s_animcmd_t *cmds )
|
|
{
|
|
if (numcmds >= MAXSTUDIOCMDS)
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
s_animcmd_t *pcmd = &cmds[numcmds];
|
|
if (stricmp("fixuploop", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_FIXUP;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.fixuploop.start = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.fixuploop.end = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (strnicmp("weightlist", token, 6 ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = 1; i < g_numweightlist; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( g_weightlist[i].name, token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (i == g_numweightlist)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown weightlist '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_WEIGHTS;
|
|
pcmd->u.weightlist.index = i;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("subtract", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown subtract animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.subtract.ref = extanim;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.subtract.frame = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.subtract.flags |= STUDIO_POST;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("presubtract", token ) == 0) // FIXME: rename this to something better
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown presubtract animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.subtract.ref = extanim;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.subtract.frame = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "alignto", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_AO;
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.pBonename = NULL;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown alignto animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.ref = extanim;
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.motiontype = STUDIO_X | STUDIO_Y;
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.srcframe = 0;
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.destframe = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "align", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_AO;
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.pBonename = NULL;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown align animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.ref = extanim;
|
|
|
|
// motion type to match
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.motiontype = 0;
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
int ctrl;
|
|
while ((ctrl = lookupControl( token )) != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.motiontype |= ctrl;
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
}
|
|
if (pcmd->u.ao.motiontype == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "missing controls on align\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// frame of reference animation to match
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.srcframe = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// against what frame of the current animation
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.destframe = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "alignboneto", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_AO;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.pBonename = strdup( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown alignboneto animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.ref = extanim;
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.motiontype = STUDIO_X | STUDIO_Y;
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.srcframe = 0;
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.destframe = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "alignbone", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_AO;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.pBonename = strdup( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown alignboneto animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.ref = extanim;
|
|
|
|
// motion type to match
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.motiontype = 0;
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
int ctrl;
|
|
while ((ctrl = lookupControl( token )) != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.motiontype |= ctrl;
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
}
|
|
if (pcmd->u.ao.motiontype == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "missing controls on align\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// frame of reference animation to match
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.srcframe = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// against what frame of the current animation
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.ao.destframe = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "match", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_MATCH;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown match animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.match.ref = extanim;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "matchblend", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_MATCHBLEND;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "unknown match animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.match.ref = extanim;
|
|
|
|
// frame of reference animation to match
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.match.srcframe = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// against what frame of the current animation
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.match.destframe = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// backup and starting match in here
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.match.destpre = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// continue blending match till here
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.match.destpost = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "worldspaceblend", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_WORLDSPACEBLEND;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown worldspaceblend animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.world.ref = extanim;
|
|
pcmd->u.world.startframe = 0;
|
|
pcmd->u.world.loops = false;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "worldspaceblendloop", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_WORLDSPACEBLEND;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown worldspaceblend animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.world.ref = extanim;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.world.startframe = atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.world.loops = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "rotateto", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_ANGLE;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.angle.angle = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "ikrule", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_IKRULE;
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.ikrule.pRule = (s_ikrule_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_ikrule_t ) );
|
|
|
|
Option_IKRule( pcmd->u.ikrule.pRule );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "ikfixup", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_IKFIXUP;
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.ikfixup.pRule = (s_ikrule_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_ikrule_t ) );
|
|
|
|
Option_IKRule( pcmd->u.ikrule.pRule );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "walkframe", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_MOTION;
|
|
|
|
// frame
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.iEndFrame = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// motion type to match
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.motiontype = 0;
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
int ctrl = lookupControl( token );
|
|
if (ctrl != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.motiontype |= ctrl;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
UnGetToken();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
GetToken( false ); // X
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.x = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false ); // Y
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.y = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false ); // A
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.zr = verify_atof( token );
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "walkalignto", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_REFMOTION;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.iEndFrame = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.iSrcFrame = pcmd->u.motion.iEndFrame;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false ); // reference animation
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown alignto animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.pRefAnim = extanim;
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.iRefFrame = 0;
|
|
|
|
// motion type to match
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.motiontype = 0;
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
int ctrl = lookupControl( token );
|
|
if (ctrl != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.motiontype |= ctrl;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
UnGetToken();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
GetToken( false ); // X
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.x = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false ); // Y
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.y = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false ); // A
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.zr = verify_atof( token );
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "walkalign", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_REFMOTION;
|
|
|
|
// end frame to apply motion over
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.iEndFrame = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// reference animation
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
s_animation_t *extanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (extanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown alignto animation '%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.pRefAnim = extanim;
|
|
|
|
// motion type to match
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.motiontype = 0;
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
int ctrl = lookupControl( token );
|
|
if (ctrl != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.motiontype |= ctrl;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (pcmd->u.motion.motiontype == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "missing controls on walkalign\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// frame of reference animation to match
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.iRefFrame = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// against what frame of the current animation
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.motion.iSrcFrame = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("derivative", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_DERIVATIVE;
|
|
|
|
// get scale
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.derivative.scale = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("noanimation", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_NOANIMATION;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("lineardelta", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_LINEARDELTA;
|
|
pcmd->u.linear.flags |= STUDIO_AL_POST;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("splinedelta", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_LINEARDELTA;
|
|
pcmd->u.linear.flags |= STUDIO_AL_POST;
|
|
pcmd->u.linear.flags |= STUDIO_AL_SPLINE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("compress", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_COMPRESS;
|
|
|
|
// get frames to skip
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.compress.frames = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("numframes", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_NUMFRAMES;
|
|
|
|
// get frames to force
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.compress.frames = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("counterrotate", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_COUNTERROTATE;
|
|
|
|
// get bone name
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.counterrotate.pBonename = strdup( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("counterrotateto", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_COUNTERROTATE;
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.counterrotate.bHasTarget = true;
|
|
|
|
// get pitch
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.counterrotate.targetAngle[0] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
// get yaw
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.counterrotate.targetAngle[1] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
// get roll
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.counterrotate.targetAngle[2] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
// get bone name
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.counterrotate.pBonename = strdup( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("localhierarchy", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pcmd->cmd = CMD_LOCALHIERARCHY;
|
|
|
|
// get bone name
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.localhierarchy.pBonename = strdup( token );
|
|
|
|
// get parent name
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.localhierarchy.pParentname = strdup( token );
|
|
|
|
pcmd->u.localhierarchy.start = -1;
|
|
pcmd->u.localhierarchy.peak = -1;
|
|
pcmd->u.localhierarchy.tail = -1;
|
|
pcmd->u.localhierarchy.end = -1;
|
|
|
|
if (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (stricmp( token, "range" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.localhierarchy.start = verify_atof_with_null( token );
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.localhierarchy.peak = verify_atof_with_null( token );
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.localhierarchy.tail = verify_atof_with_null( token );
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pcmd->u.localhierarchy.end = verify_atof_with_null( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
UnGetToken();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
numcmds++;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: parse order independant s_animation_t token for $animations
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
bool ParseAnimationToken( s_animation_t *panim )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "if", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// fixme: add expression evaluation
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (atoi( token ) == 0 && stricmp( token, "true" ) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(true);
|
|
if (token[0] == '{')
|
|
{
|
|
int depth = 1;
|
|
while (TokenAvailable() && depth > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( true );
|
|
if (stricmp("{", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("}", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth--;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "fps", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
panim->fps = verify_atof( token );
|
|
if ( panim->fps <= 0.0f )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "ParseAnimationToken: fps (%f from '%s') <= 0.0\n", panim->fps, token );
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "origin", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
panim->adjust.x = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
panim->adjust.y = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
panim->adjust.z = verify_atof (token);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "rotate", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
// FIXME: broken for Maya
|
|
panim->rotation.z = DEG2RAD( verify_atof( token ) + 90 );
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "angles", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
panim->rotation.x = DEG2RAD( verify_atof( token ) );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
panim->rotation.y = DEG2RAD( verify_atof( token ) );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
panim->rotation.z = DEG2RAD( verify_atof( token ) + 90.0f);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "scale", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
panim->scale = verify_atof( token );
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_strnicmp( "loop", token, 4 ) )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->flags |= STUDIO_LOOPING;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_strnicmp( "startloop", token, 5 ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
panim->looprestart = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
panim->flags |= STUDIO_LOOPING;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "fudgeloop", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->fudgeloop = true;
|
|
panim->flags |= STUDIO_LOOPING;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_strnicmp( "snap", token, 4 ) )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->flags |= STUDIO_SNAP;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_strnicmp( "frame", token, 5 ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
panim->startframe = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
panim->endframe = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: This always affects the first source anim read in
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *pSourceAnim = FindSourceAnim( panim->source, panim->animationname );
|
|
if ( pSourceAnim )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( panim->startframe < pSourceAnim->startframe )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->startframe = pSourceAnim->startframe;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( panim->endframe > pSourceAnim->endframe )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->endframe = pSourceAnim->endframe;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !g_bCreateMakefile && panim->endframe < panim->startframe )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "end frame before start frame in %s", panim->name );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
panim->numframes = panim->endframe - panim->startframe + 1;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "blockname", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *pSourceAnim = FindSourceAnim( panim->source, token );
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: This always affects the first source anim read in
|
|
if ( pSourceAnim )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->startframe = pSourceAnim->startframe;
|
|
panim->endframe = pSourceAnim->endframe;
|
|
|
|
if ( !g_bCreateMakefile && panim->endframe < panim->startframe )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "end frame before start frame in %s", panim->name );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
panim->numframes = panim->endframe - panim->startframe + 1;
|
|
Q_strncpy( panim->animationname, token, sizeof(panim->animationname) );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Requested unknown animation block name %s\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "post", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->flags |= STUDIO_POST;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "noautoik", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->noAutoIK = true;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "autoik", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->noAutoIK = false;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( ParseCmdlistToken( panim->numcmds, panim->cmds ) )
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "cmdlist", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false ); // A
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < g_numcmdlists; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( g_cmdlist[i].name, token) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (i == g_numcmdlists)
|
|
TokenError( "unknown cmdlist %s\n", token );
|
|
|
|
for (int j = 0; j < g_cmdlist[i].numcmds; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (panim->numcmds >= MAXSTUDIOCMDS)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("Too many cmds in %s\n", panim->name );
|
|
}
|
|
panim->cmds[panim->numcmds++] = g_cmdlist[i].cmds[j];
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "motionrollback", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
panim->motionrollback = atof( token );
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "noanimblock", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->disableAnimblocks = true;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( "noanimblockstall", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->isFirstSectionLocal = true;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( lookupControl( token ) != -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->motiontype |= lookupControl( token );
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: create named order dependant s_animcmd_t blocks, used as replicated token list for $animations
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Cmdlist( )
|
|
{
|
|
int depth = 0;
|
|
|
|
// name
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_cmdlist[g_numcmdlists].name, token );
|
|
|
|
while (1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if(!GetToken(true))
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (endofscript)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing }\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (stricmp("{", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("}", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth--;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ParseCmdlistToken( g_cmdlist[g_numcmdlists].numcmds, g_cmdlist[g_numcmdlists].cmds ))
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown command: %s\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (depth < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing {\n");
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
g_numcmdlists++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int ParseAnimation( s_animation_t *panim, bool isAppend );
|
|
int ParseEmpty( void );
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: allocate an entry for $animation
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Animation( )
|
|
{
|
|
// name
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
|
|
s_animation_t *panim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
|
|
if (panim != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!panim->isOverride)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Duplicate animation name \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
panim->doesOverride = true;
|
|
ParseEmpty();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// allocate animation entry
|
|
g_panimation[g_numani] = (s_animation_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_animation_t ) );
|
|
g_panimation[g_numani]->index = g_numani;
|
|
panim = g_panimation[g_numani];
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( panim->name, token );
|
|
g_numani++;
|
|
|
|
// filename
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( panim->filename, token );
|
|
|
|
panim->source = Load_Source( panim->filename, "" );
|
|
if ( panim->source->m_Animations.Count() )
|
|
{
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *pSourceAnim = &panim->source->m_Animations[0];
|
|
panim->startframe = pSourceAnim->startframe;
|
|
panim->endframe = pSourceAnim->endframe;
|
|
Q_strncpy( panim->animationname, pSourceAnim->animationname, sizeof(panim->animationname) );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
panim->startframe = 0;
|
|
panim->endframe = 0;
|
|
Q_strncpy( panim->animationname, "", sizeof(panim->animationname) );
|
|
}
|
|
VectorCopy( g_defaultadjust, panim->adjust );
|
|
panim->rotation = g_defaultrotation;
|
|
panim->scale = 1.0f;
|
|
panim->fps = 30.0;
|
|
panim->motionrollback = g_flDefaultMotionRollback;
|
|
|
|
ParseAnimation( panim, false );
|
|
|
|
panim->numframes = panim->endframe - panim->startframe + 1;
|
|
|
|
//CheckAutoShareAnimationGroup( panim->name );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: wrapper for parsing $animation tokens
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
int ParseAnimation( s_animation_t *panim, bool isAppend )
|
|
{
|
|
int depth = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if(!GetToken(true))
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (endofscript)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing }\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (stricmp("{", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("}", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth--;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ParseAnimationToken( panim ))
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Unknown animation option\'%s\'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (depth < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing {\n");
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: create a virtual $animation command from a $sequence reference
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
s_animation_t *Cmd_ImpliedAnimation( s_sequence_t *psequence, const char *filename )
|
|
{
|
|
// allocate animation entry
|
|
g_panimation[g_numani] = (s_animation_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_animation_t ) );
|
|
g_panimation[g_numani]->index = g_numani;
|
|
s_animation_t *panim = g_panimation[g_numani];
|
|
g_numani++;
|
|
|
|
panim->isImplied = true;
|
|
|
|
panim->startframe = 0;
|
|
panim->endframe = MAXSTUDIOANIMFRAMES - 1;
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( panim->name, "@" );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( panim->name, psequence->name );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( panim->filename, filename );
|
|
|
|
VectorCopy( g_defaultadjust, panim->adjust );
|
|
panim->scale = 1.0f;
|
|
panim->rotation = g_defaultrotation;
|
|
panim->fps = 30;
|
|
panim->motionrollback = g_flDefaultMotionRollback;
|
|
|
|
//panim->source = Load_Source( panim->filename, "smd" );
|
|
panim->source = Load_Source( panim->filename, "" );
|
|
if ( panim->source->m_Animations.Count() )
|
|
{
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *pSourceAnim = &panim->source->m_Animations[0];
|
|
Q_strncpy( panim->animationname, panim->source->m_Animations[0].animationname, sizeof(panim->animationname) );
|
|
if ( panim->startframe < pSourceAnim->startframe )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->startframe = pSourceAnim->startframe;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( panim->endframe > pSourceAnim->endframe )
|
|
{
|
|
panim->endframe = pSourceAnim->endframe;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Q_strncpy( panim->animationname, "", sizeof( panim->animationname ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !g_bCreateMakefile && panim->endframe < panim->startframe )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "end frame before start frame in %s", panim->name );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
panim->numframes = panim->endframe - panim->startframe + 1;
|
|
|
|
//CheckAutoShareAnimationGroup( panim->name );
|
|
|
|
return panim;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: copy globally reavent $animation options from one $animation to another
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void CopyAnimationSettings( s_animation_t *pdest, s_animation_t *psrc )
|
|
{
|
|
pdest->fps = psrc->fps;
|
|
|
|
VectorCopy( psrc->adjust, pdest->adjust );
|
|
pdest->scale = psrc->scale;
|
|
pdest->rotation = psrc->rotation;
|
|
|
|
pdest->motiontype = psrc->motiontype;
|
|
|
|
//Adrian - Hey! Revisit me later.
|
|
/*if (pdest->startframe < psrc->startframe)
|
|
pdest->startframe = psrc->startframe;
|
|
|
|
if (pdest->endframe > psrc->endframe)
|
|
pdest->endframe = psrc->endframe;
|
|
|
|
if (pdest->endframe < pdest->startframe)
|
|
TokenError( "fixedup end frame before start frame in %s", pdest->name );
|
|
|
|
pdest->numframes = pdest->endframe - pdest->startframe + 1;*/
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < psrc->numcmds; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (pdest->numcmds >= MAXSTUDIOCMDS)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("Too many cmds in %s\n", pdest->name );
|
|
}
|
|
pdest->cmds[pdest->numcmds++] = psrc->cmds[i];
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int ParseSequence( s_sequence_t *pseq, bool isAppend );
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: allocate an entry for $sequence
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
s_sequence_t *ProcessCmdSequence( const char *pSequenceName )
|
|
{
|
|
s_animation_t *panim = LookupAnimation( pSequenceName );
|
|
|
|
// allocate sequence
|
|
if ( panim != NULL )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !panim->isOverride )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Duplicate sequence name \"%s\"\n", pSequenceName );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
panim->doesOverride = true;
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( g_sequence.Count() >= MAXSTUDIOSEQUENCES )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("Too many sequences (%d max)\n", MAXSTUDIOSEQUENCES );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s_sequence_t *pseq = &g_sequence[ g_sequence.AddToTail() ];
|
|
memset( pseq, 0, sizeof( s_sequence_t ) );
|
|
|
|
// initialize sequence
|
|
Q_strncpy( pseq->name, pSequenceName, sizeof(pseq->name) );
|
|
|
|
pseq->actweight = 0;
|
|
pseq->activityname[0] = '\0';
|
|
pseq->activity = -1; // -1 is the default for 'no activity'
|
|
|
|
pseq->paramindex[0] = -1;
|
|
pseq->paramindex[1] = -1;
|
|
|
|
pseq->groupsize[0] = 0;
|
|
pseq->groupsize[1] = 0;
|
|
|
|
pseq->fadeintime = 0.2;
|
|
pseq->fadeouttime = 0.2;
|
|
return pseq;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Process the sequence command
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Sequence( )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken(false) )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Find existing sequences
|
|
const char *pSequenceName = token;
|
|
s_animation_t *panim = LookupAnimation( pSequenceName );
|
|
if ( panim != NULL && panim->isOverride )
|
|
{
|
|
ParseEmpty( );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s_sequence_t *pseq = ProcessCmdSequence( pSequenceName );
|
|
if ( pseq )
|
|
{
|
|
ParseSequence( pseq, false );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Performs processing on a sequence
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void ProcessSequence( s_sequence_t *pseq, int numblends, s_animation_t **animations, bool isAppend )
|
|
{
|
|
if (isAppend)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( numblends == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("no animations found\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pseq->groupsize[0] == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
if (numblends < 4)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->groupsize[0] = numblends;
|
|
pseq->groupsize[1] = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
int i = sqrt( (float) numblends );
|
|
if (i * i == numblends)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->groupsize[0] = i;
|
|
pseq->groupsize[1] = i;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "non-square (%d) number of blends without \"blendwidth\" set\n", numblends );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->groupsize[1] = numblends / pseq->groupsize[0];
|
|
|
|
if (pseq->groupsize[0] * pseq->groupsize[1] != numblends)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "missing animation blends. Expected %d, found %d\n",
|
|
pseq->groupsize[0] * pseq->groupsize[1], numblends );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < numblends; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
int j = i % pseq->groupsize[0];
|
|
int k = i / pseq->groupsize[0];
|
|
|
|
pseq->panim[j][k] = animations[i];
|
|
|
|
if (i > 0 && animations[i]->isImplied)
|
|
{
|
|
CopyAnimationSettings( animations[i], animations[0] );
|
|
}
|
|
animations[i]->isImplied = false; // don't copy any more commands
|
|
pseq->flags |= animations[i]->flags;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pseq->numblends = numblends;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: parse options unique to $sequence
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
int ParseSequence( s_sequence_t *pseq, bool isAppend )
|
|
{
|
|
int depth = 0;
|
|
s_animation_t *animations[64];
|
|
int i, j, n;
|
|
int numblends = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (isAppend)
|
|
{
|
|
animations[0] = pseq->panim[0][0];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if(!GetToken(true))
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (endofscript)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing }\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (stricmp("{", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("}", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth--;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
else if (stricmp("deform", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Option_Deform( pseq );
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
else if (stricmp("event", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth -= Option_Event( pseq );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("activity", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Option_Activity( pseq );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("activitymodifier", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Option_ActivityModifier( pseq );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (strnicmp( token, "ACT_", 4 ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
UnGetToken( );
|
|
Option_Activity( pseq );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (stricmp("snap", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_SNAP;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (stricmp("blendwidth", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->groupsize[0] = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (stricmp("blend", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
if (pseq->paramindex[0] != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
i = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
j = LookupPoseParameter( token );
|
|
pseq->paramindex[i] = j;
|
|
pseq->paramattachment[i] = -1;
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->paramstart[i] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->paramend[i] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
g_pose[j].min = min( g_pose[j].min, pseq->paramstart[i] );
|
|
g_pose[j].min = min( g_pose[j].min, pseq->paramend[i] );
|
|
g_pose[j].max = max( g_pose[j].max, pseq->paramstart[i] );
|
|
g_pose[j].max = max( g_pose[j].max, pseq->paramend[i] );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("calcblend", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
if (pseq->paramindex[0] != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
i = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
j = LookupPoseParameter( token );
|
|
pseq->paramindex[i] = j;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->paramattachment[i] = LookupAttachment( token );
|
|
if (pseq->paramattachment[i] == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Unknown calcblend attachment \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->paramcontrol[i] = lookupControl( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("blendref", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->paramanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (pseq->paramanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Unknown blendref animation \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("blendcomp", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->paramcompanim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (pseq->paramcompanim == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Unknown blendcomp animation \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("blendcenter", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->paramcenter = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (pseq->paramcenter == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Unknown blendcenter animation \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("node", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->entrynode = pseq->exitnode = LookupXNode( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("transition", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->entrynode = LookupXNode( token );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->exitnode = LookupXNode( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("rtransition", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->entrynode = LookupXNode( token );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->exitnode = LookupXNode( token );
|
|
pseq->nodeflags |= 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("exitphase", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->exitphase = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("delta", token) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_DELTA;
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_POST;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("worldspace", token) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_WORLD;
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_POST;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("post", token) == 0) // remove
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_POST;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("predelta", token) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_DELTA;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("autoplay", token) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_AUTOPLAY;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "fadein", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->fadeintime = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "fadeout", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->fadeouttime = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "realtime", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_REALTIME;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "posecycle", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_CYCLEPOSE;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->cycleposeindex = LookupPoseParameter( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "hidden", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_HIDDEN;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "addlayer", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].name, token );
|
|
pseq->numautolayers++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "iklock", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( pseq->iklock[pseq->numiklocks].name, token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
pseq->iklock[pseq->numiklocks].flPosWeight = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
pseq->iklock[pseq->numiklocks].flLocalQWeight = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
pseq->numiklocks++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "keyvalues", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Option_KeyValues( &pseq->KeyValue );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "blendlayer", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].name, token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].start = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].peak = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].tail = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].end = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
while (TokenAvailable( ))
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (stricmp( "xfade", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].flags |= STUDIO_AL_XFADE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "spline", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].flags |= STUDIO_AL_SPLINE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "noblend", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].flags |= STUDIO_AL_NOBLEND;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "poseparameter", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].flags |= STUDIO_AL_POSE;
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].pose = LookupPoseParameter( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "local", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->autolayer[pseq->numautolayers].flags |= STUDIO_AL_LOCAL;
|
|
pseq->flags |= STUDIO_LOCAL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
UnGetToken();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pseq->numautolayers++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((numblends || isAppend) && ParseAnimationToken( animations[0] ))
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!isAppend)
|
|
{
|
|
// assume it's an animation reference
|
|
// first look up an existing animation
|
|
for (n = 0; n < g_numani; n++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( token, g_panimation[n]->name ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
animations[numblends++] = g_panimation[n];
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (n >= g_numani)
|
|
{
|
|
// assume it's an implied animation
|
|
animations[numblends++] = Cmd_ImpliedAnimation( pseq, token );
|
|
}
|
|
// hack to allow animation commands to refer to same sequence
|
|
if (numblends == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->panim[0][0] = animations[0];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown command \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (depth < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing {\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ProcessSequence( pseq, numblends, animations, isAppend );
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: throw away all the options for a specific sequence or animation
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
int ParseEmpty( )
|
|
{
|
|
int depth = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if(!GetToken(true))
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (endofscript)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing }\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (stricmp("{", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("}", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (depth < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing {\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: append commands to either a sequence or an animation
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Append( )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
|
|
|
|
s_sequence_t *pseq = LookupSequence( token );
|
|
|
|
if (pseq)
|
|
{
|
|
ParseSequence( pseq, true );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
s_animation_t *panim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
|
|
if (panim)
|
|
{
|
|
ParseAnimation( panim, true );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
TokenError( "unknown append animation %s\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Prepend( )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
|
|
s_sequence_t *pseq = LookupSequence( token );
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
s_animation_t *panim = NULL;
|
|
int iRet = false;
|
|
|
|
if (pseq)
|
|
{
|
|
panim = pseq->panim[0][0];
|
|
count = panim->numcmds;
|
|
iRet = ParseSequence( pseq, true );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
panim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
if (panim)
|
|
{
|
|
count = panim->numcmds;
|
|
iRet = ParseAnimation( panim, true );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (panim && count != panim->numcmds)
|
|
{
|
|
s_animcmd_t tmp;
|
|
tmp = panim->cmds[panim->numcmds - 1];
|
|
int i;
|
|
for (i = panim->numcmds - 1; i > 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
panim->cmds[i] = panim->cmds[i-1];
|
|
}
|
|
panim->cmds[0] = tmp;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
TokenError( "unknown prepend animation \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Continue( )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
|
|
s_sequence_t *pseq = LookupSequence( token );
|
|
|
|
if (pseq)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(true);
|
|
UnGetToken();
|
|
if (token[0] != '$')
|
|
ParseSequence( pseq, true );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
s_animation_t *panim = LookupAnimation( token );
|
|
|
|
if (panim)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(true);
|
|
UnGetToken();
|
|
if (token[0] != '$')
|
|
ParseAnimation( panim, true );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
TokenError( "unknown continue animation %s\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: foward declare an empty sequence
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_DeclareSequence( void )
|
|
{
|
|
if (g_sequence.Count() >= MAXSTUDIOSEQUENCES)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("Too many sequences (%d max)\n", MAXSTUDIOSEQUENCES );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s_sequence_t *pseq = &g_sequence[ g_sequence.AddToTail() ];
|
|
memset( pseq, 0, sizeof( s_sequence_t ) );
|
|
pseq->flags = STUDIO_OVERRIDE;
|
|
|
|
// initialize sequence
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( pseq->name, token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: foward declare an empty sequence
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_DeclareAnimation( void )
|
|
{
|
|
if (g_numani >= MAXSTUDIOANIMS)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("Too many animations (%d max)\n", MAXSTUDIOANIMS );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// allocate animation entry
|
|
s_animation_t *panim = (s_animation_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_animation_t ) );
|
|
g_panimation[g_numani] = panim;
|
|
panim->index = g_numani;
|
|
panim->flags = STUDIO_OVERRIDE;
|
|
g_numani++;
|
|
|
|
// initialize animation
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( panim->name, token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: create named list of boneweights
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Option_Weightlist( s_weightlist_t *pweightlist )
|
|
{
|
|
int depth = 0;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
pweightlist->numbones = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if(!GetToken(true))
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (endofscript)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing }\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (stricmp("{", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("}", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth--;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("posweight", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
i = pweightlist->numbones - 1;
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Error with specifing bone Position weight \'%s:%s\'\n", pweightlist->name, pweightlist->bonename[i] );
|
|
}
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pweightlist->boneposweight[i] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
if (pweightlist->boneweight[i] == 0 && pweightlist->boneposweight[i] > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Non-zero Position weight with zero Rotation weight not allowed \'%s:%s %f %f\'\n",
|
|
pweightlist->name, pweightlist->bonename[i], pweightlist->boneweight[i], pweightlist->boneposweight[i] );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
i = pweightlist->numbones++;
|
|
if (i >= MAXWEIGHTSPERLIST)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("Too many bones (%d) in weightlist '%s'\n", i, pweightlist->name );
|
|
}
|
|
pweightlist->bonename[i] = strdup( token );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
pweightlist->boneweight[i] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
pweightlist->boneposweight[i] = pweightlist->boneweight[i];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (depth < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing {\n");
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Weightlist( )
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (!GetToken(false))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (g_numweightlist >= MAXWEIGHTLISTS)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Too many weightlist commands (%d)\n", MAXWEIGHTLISTS );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i < g_numweightlist; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( g_weightlist[i].name, token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Duplicate weightlist '%s'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_weightlist[i].name, token );
|
|
|
|
Option_Weightlist( &g_weightlist[g_numweightlist] );
|
|
|
|
g_numweightlist++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_DefaultWeightlist( )
|
|
{
|
|
Option_Weightlist( &g_weightlist[0] );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Option_Eyeball( s_model_t *pmodel )
|
|
{
|
|
Vector tmp;
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
int mesh_material;
|
|
char szMeshMaterial[256];
|
|
|
|
s_eyeball_t *eyeball = &(pmodel->eyeball[pmodel->numeyeballs++]);
|
|
|
|
// name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( eyeball->name, token );
|
|
|
|
// bone name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < pmodel->source->numbones; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pmodel->source->localBone[i].name, token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
eyeball->bone = i;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!g_bCreateMakefile && i >= pmodel->source->numbones)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown eyeball bone \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// X
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
tmp[0] = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
// Y
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
tmp[1] = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
// Z
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
tmp[2] = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
// mesh material
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
Q_strncpy( szMeshMaterial, token, sizeof(szMeshMaterial) );
|
|
mesh_material = UseTextureAsMaterial( LookupTexture( token ) );
|
|
|
|
// diameter
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
eyeball->radius = verify_atof (token) / 2.0;
|
|
|
|
// Z angle offset
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
eyeball->zoffset = tan( DEG2RAD( verify_atof (token) ) );
|
|
|
|
// iris material (no longer used, but we need to remove the token)
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
|
|
// pupil scale
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
eyeball->iris_scale = 1.0 / verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
VectorCopy( tmp, eyeball->org );
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < pmodel->source->nummeshes; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
j = pmodel->source->meshindex[i]; // meshes are internally stored by material index
|
|
|
|
if (j == mesh_material)
|
|
{
|
|
eyeball->mesh = i; // FIXME: should this be pre-adjusted?
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!g_bCreateMakefile && i >= pmodel->source->nummeshes)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("can't find eyeball texture \"%s\" on model\n", szMeshMaterial );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// translate eyeball into bone space
|
|
VectorITransform( tmp, pmodel->source->boneToPose[eyeball->bone], eyeball->org );
|
|
|
|
matrix3x4_t vtmp;
|
|
AngleMatrix( g_defaultrotation, vtmp );
|
|
|
|
VectorIRotate( Vector( 0, 0, 1 ), vtmp, tmp );
|
|
VectorIRotate( tmp, pmodel->source->boneToPose[eyeball->bone], eyeball->up );
|
|
|
|
VectorIRotate( Vector( 1, 0, 0 ), vtmp, tmp );
|
|
VectorIRotate( tmp, pmodel->source->boneToPose[eyeball->bone], eyeball->forward );
|
|
|
|
// these get overwritten by "eyelid" data
|
|
eyeball->upperlidflexdesc = -1;
|
|
eyeball->lowerlidflexdesc = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Option_Spherenormals( s_source_t *psource )
|
|
{
|
|
Vector pos;
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
int mesh_material;
|
|
char szMeshMaterial[256];
|
|
|
|
// mesh material
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( szMeshMaterial, token );
|
|
mesh_material = UseTextureAsMaterial( LookupTexture( token ) );
|
|
|
|
// X
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
pos[0] = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
// Y
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
pos[1] = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
// Z
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
pos[2] = verify_atof (token);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < psource->nummeshes; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
j = psource->meshindex[i]; // meshes are internally stored by material index
|
|
|
|
if (j == mesh_material)
|
|
{
|
|
s_vertexinfo_t *vertex = &psource->vertex[psource->mesh[i].vertexoffset];
|
|
|
|
for (int k = 0; k < psource->mesh[i].numvertices; k++)
|
|
{
|
|
Vector n = vertex[k].position - pos;
|
|
VectorNormalize( n );
|
|
if (DotProduct( n, vertex[k].normal ) < 0.0)
|
|
{
|
|
vertex[k].normal = -1 * n;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vertex[k].normal = n;
|
|
}
|
|
#if 0
|
|
vertex[k].normal[0] += 0.5f * ( 2.0f * ( ( float )rand() ) / ( float )VALVE_RAND_MAX ) - 1.0f;
|
|
vertex[k].normal[1] += 0.5f * ( 2.0f * ( ( float )rand() ) / ( float )VALVE_RAND_MAX ) - 1.0f;
|
|
vertex[k].normal[2] += 0.5f * ( 2.0f * ( ( float )rand() ) / ( float )VALVE_RAND_MAX ) - 1.0f;
|
|
VectorNormalize( vertex[k].normal );
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i >= psource->nummeshes)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("can't find spherenormal texture \"%s\" on model\n", szMeshMaterial );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
int Add_Flexdesc( const char *name )
|
|
{
|
|
int flexdesc;
|
|
for ( flexdesc = 0; flexdesc < g_numflexdesc; flexdesc++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( name, g_flexdesc[flexdesc].FACS ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (flexdesc >= MAXSTUDIOFLEXDESC)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Too many flex types, max %d\n", MAXSTUDIOFLEXDESC );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (flexdesc == g_numflexdesc)
|
|
{
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_flexdesc[flexdesc].FACS, name );
|
|
|
|
g_numflexdesc++;
|
|
}
|
|
return flexdesc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Option_Flex( char *name, char *vtafile, int imodel, float pairsplit )
|
|
{
|
|
if (g_numflexkeys >= MAXSTUDIOFLEXKEYS)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Too many flexes, max %d\n", MAXSTUDIOFLEXKEYS );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int flexdesc, flexpair;
|
|
|
|
if (pairsplit != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
char mod[256];
|
|
sprintf( mod, "%sR", name );
|
|
flexdesc = Add_Flexdesc( mod );
|
|
|
|
sprintf( mod, "%sL", name );
|
|
flexpair = Add_Flexdesc( mod );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
flexdesc = Add_Flexdesc( name );
|
|
flexpair = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// initialize
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].imodel = imodel;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].flexdesc = flexdesc;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].target0 = 0.0;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].target1 = 1.0;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].target2 = 10;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].target3 = 11;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].split = pairsplit;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].flexpair = flexpair;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].decay = 1.0;
|
|
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
|
|
if (stricmp( token, "frame") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].frame = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "position") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].target1 = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "split") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].split = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "decay") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].decay = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown option: %s", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (g_numflexkeys > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys-1].flexdesc == g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].flexdesc)
|
|
{
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys-1].target2 = g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys-1].target1;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys-1].target3 = g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].target1;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].target0 = g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys-1].target1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// link to source
|
|
s_source_t *pSource = Load_Source( vtafile, "vta" );
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].source = pSource;
|
|
if ( pSource->m_Animations.Count() )
|
|
{
|
|
Q_strncpy( g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].animationname, pSource->m_Animations[0].animationname, sizeof( g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].animationname ) );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys].animationname[0] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
g_numflexkeys++;
|
|
// this needs to be per model.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Adds combination data to the source
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
int FindSourceFlexKey( s_source_t *pSource, const char *pName )
|
|
{
|
|
int nCount = pSource->m_FlexKeys.Count();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pSource->m_FlexKeys[i].animationname, pName ) )
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Adds flexkey data to a particular source
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void AddFlexKey( s_source_t *pSource, CDmeCombinationOperator *pComboOp, const char *pFlexKeyName )
|
|
{
|
|
// See if the delta state is already accounted for
|
|
if ( FindSourceFlexKey( pSource, pFlexKeyName ) >= 0 )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int i = pSource->m_FlexKeys.AddToTail();
|
|
|
|
s_flexkey_t &key = pSource->m_FlexKeys[i];
|
|
memset( &key, 0, sizeof(key) );
|
|
|
|
key.target0 = 0.0f;
|
|
key.target1 = 1.0f;
|
|
key.target2 = 10.0f;
|
|
key.target3 = 11.0f;
|
|
key.decay = 1.0f;
|
|
key.source = pSource;
|
|
|
|
Q_strncpy( key.animationname, pFlexKeyName, sizeof(key.animationname) );
|
|
key.flexpair = pComboOp->IsDeltaStateStereo( pFlexKeyName ); // Signal used by AddBodyFlexData
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Adds combination data to the source
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void AddCombination( s_source_t *pSource, CDmeCombinationOperator *pCombination )
|
|
{
|
|
// Define the remapped controls
|
|
int nControlCount = pCombination->GetRawControlCount();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nControlCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
int m = pSource->m_CombinationControls.AddToTail();
|
|
s_combinationcontrol_t &control = pSource->m_CombinationControls[m];
|
|
Q_strncpy( control.name, pCombination->GetRawControlName( i ), sizeof(control.name) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Define the combination + domination rules
|
|
int nTargetCount = pCombination->GetOperationTargetCount();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nTargetCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
int nOpCount = pCombination->GetOperationCount( i );
|
|
for ( int j = 0; j < nOpCount; ++j )
|
|
{
|
|
CDmElement *pDeltaState = pCombination->GetOperationDeltaState( i, j );
|
|
if ( !pDeltaState )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
int nFlex = FindSourceFlexKey( pSource, pDeltaState->GetName() );
|
|
if ( nFlex < 0 )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
int k = pSource->m_CombinationRules.AddToTail();
|
|
s_combinationrule_t &rule = pSource->m_CombinationRules[k];
|
|
rule.m_nFlex = nFlex;
|
|
rule.m_Combination = pCombination->GetOperationControls( i, j );
|
|
int nDominatorCount = pCombination->GetOperationDominatorCount( i, j );
|
|
for ( int l = 0; l < nDominatorCount; ++l )
|
|
{
|
|
int m = rule.m_Dominators.AddToTail();
|
|
rule.m_Dominators[m] = pCombination->GetOperationDominator( i, j, l );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Define the remapping controls
|
|
nControlCount = pCombination->GetControlCount();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nControlCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
int k = pSource->m_FlexControllerRemaps.AddToTail();
|
|
s_flexcontrollerremap_t &remap = pSource->m_FlexControllerRemaps[k];
|
|
remap.m_Name = pCombination->GetControlName( i );
|
|
remap.m_bIsStereo = pCombination->IsStereoControl( i );
|
|
remap.m_Index = -1; // Don't know this right now
|
|
remap.m_LeftIndex = -1; // Don't know this right now
|
|
remap.m_RightIndex = -1; // Don't know this right now
|
|
remap.m_MultiIndex = -1; // Don't know this right now
|
|
remap.m_EyesUpDownFlexController = -1;
|
|
remap.m_BlinkController = -1;
|
|
|
|
int nRemapCount = pCombination->GetRawControlCount( i );
|
|
if ( pCombination->IsEyelidControl( i ) )
|
|
{
|
|
remap.m_RemapType = FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_EYELID;
|
|
|
|
// Save the eyes_updown flex for later
|
|
const char *pEyesUpDownFlexName = pCombination->GetEyesUpDownFlexName( i );
|
|
remap.m_EyesUpDownFlexName = pEyesUpDownFlexName ? pEyesUpDownFlexName : "eyes_updown";
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
switch( nRemapCount )
|
|
{
|
|
case 0:
|
|
case 1:
|
|
remap.m_RemapType = FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_PASSTHRU;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 2:
|
|
remap.m_RemapType = FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_2WAY;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
remap.m_RemapType = FLEXCONTROLLER_REMAP_NWAY;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Assert( nRemapCount != 0 );
|
|
for ( int j = 0; j < nRemapCount; ++j )
|
|
{
|
|
const char *pRemapName = pCombination->GetRawControlName( i, j );
|
|
remap.m_RawControls.AddToTail( pRemapName );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Option_Eyelid( int imodel )
|
|
{
|
|
char type[256];
|
|
char vtafile[256];
|
|
|
|
// type
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( type, token );
|
|
|
|
// source
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( vtafile, token );
|
|
|
|
int lowererframe = 0;
|
|
int neutralframe = 0;
|
|
int raiserframe = 0;
|
|
float lowerertarget = 0.0f;
|
|
float neutraltarget = 0.0f;
|
|
float raisertarget = 0.0f;
|
|
int lowererdesc = 0;
|
|
int neutraldesc = 0;
|
|
int raiserdesc = 0;
|
|
int basedesc;
|
|
float split = 0;
|
|
char szEyeball[64] = {""};
|
|
|
|
basedesc = g_numflexdesc;
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_flexdesc[g_numflexdesc++].FACS, type );
|
|
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
|
|
char localdesc[256];
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( localdesc, type );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( localdesc, "_" );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( localdesc, token );
|
|
|
|
if (stricmp( token, "lowerer") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
lowererframe = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
lowerertarget = verify_atof( token );
|
|
lowererdesc = g_numflexdesc;
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_flexdesc[g_numflexdesc++].FACS, localdesc );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "neutral") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
neutralframe = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
neutraltarget = verify_atof( token );
|
|
neutraldesc = g_numflexdesc;
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_flexdesc[g_numflexdesc++].FACS, localdesc );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "raiser") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
raiserframe = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
raisertarget = verify_atof( token );
|
|
raiserdesc = g_numflexdesc;
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_flexdesc[g_numflexdesc++].FACS, localdesc );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "split") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
split = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( token, "eyeball") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( szEyeball, token );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown option: %s", token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s_source_t *pSource = Load_Source( vtafile, "vta" );
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].source = pSource;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].frame = lowererframe;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].flexdesc = basedesc;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].imodel = imodel;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].split = split;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].target0 = -11;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].target1 = -10;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].target2 = lowerertarget;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].target3 = neutraltarget;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].decay = 0.0;
|
|
if ( pSource->m_Animations.Count() > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
Q_strncpy( g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].animationname, pSource->m_Animations[0].animationname, sizeof(g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].animationname) );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].animationname[0] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].source = g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].source;
|
|
Q_strncpy( g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].animationname, g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].animationname, sizeof(g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].animationname) );
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].frame = neutralframe;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].flexdesc = basedesc;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].imodel = imodel;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].split = split;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].target0 = lowerertarget;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].target1 = neutraltarget;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].target2 = neutraltarget;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].target3 = raisertarget;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+1].decay = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].source = g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].source;
|
|
Q_strncpy( g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].animationname, g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+0].animationname, sizeof(g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].animationname) );
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].frame = raiserframe;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].flexdesc = basedesc;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].imodel = imodel;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].split = split;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].target0 = neutraltarget;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].target1 = raisertarget;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].target2 = 10;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].target3 = 11;
|
|
g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys+2].decay = 0.0;
|
|
g_numflexkeys += 3;
|
|
|
|
s_model_t *pmodel = g_model[imodel];
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < pmodel->numeyeballs; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
s_eyeball_t *peyeball = &(pmodel->eyeball[i]);
|
|
|
|
if (szEyeball[0] != '\0')
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( peyeball->name, szEyeball ) != 0)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (fabs( lowerertarget ) > peyeball->radius)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Eyelid \"%s\" lowerer out of range (+-%.1f)\n", type, peyeball->radius );
|
|
}
|
|
if (fabs( neutraltarget ) > peyeball->radius)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Eyelid \"%s\" neutral out of range (+-%.1f)\n", type, peyeball->radius );
|
|
}
|
|
if (fabs( raisertarget ) > peyeball->radius)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Eyelid \"%s\" raiser out of range (+-%.1f)\n", type, peyeball->radius );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch( type[0] )
|
|
{
|
|
case 'u':
|
|
peyeball->upperlidflexdesc = basedesc;
|
|
peyeball->upperflexdesc[0] = lowererdesc;
|
|
peyeball->uppertarget[0] = lowerertarget;
|
|
peyeball->upperflexdesc[1] = neutraldesc;
|
|
peyeball->uppertarget[1] = neutraltarget;
|
|
peyeball->upperflexdesc[2] = raiserdesc;
|
|
peyeball->uppertarget[2] = raisertarget;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 'l':
|
|
peyeball->lowerlidflexdesc = basedesc;
|
|
peyeball->lowerflexdesc[0] = lowererdesc;
|
|
peyeball->lowertarget[0] = lowerertarget;
|
|
peyeball->lowerflexdesc[1] = neutraldesc;
|
|
peyeball->lowertarget[1] = neutraltarget;
|
|
peyeball->lowerflexdesc[2] = raiserdesc;
|
|
peyeball->lowertarget[2] = raisertarget;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
=================
|
|
=================
|
|
*/
|
|
int Option_Mouth( s_model_t *pmodel )
|
|
{
|
|
// index
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
int index = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
if (index >= g_nummouths)
|
|
g_nummouths = index + 1;
|
|
|
|
// flex controller name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_mouth[index].flexdesc = Add_Flexdesc( token );
|
|
|
|
// bone name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_mouth[index].bonename, token );
|
|
|
|
// vector
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_mouth[index].forward[0] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_mouth[index].forward[1] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_mouth[index].forward[2] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Option_Flexcontroller( s_model_t *pmodel )
|
|
{
|
|
char type[256];
|
|
float range_min = 0.0f;
|
|
float range_max = 1.0f;
|
|
|
|
// g_flex
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( type, token );
|
|
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
|
|
if (stricmp( token, "range") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
range_min = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
range_max = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (g_numflexcontrollers >= MAXSTUDIOFLEXCTRL)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Too many flex controllers, max %d\n", MAXSTUDIOFLEXCTRL );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_flexcontroller[g_numflexcontrollers].name, token );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_flexcontroller[g_numflexcontrollers].type, type );
|
|
g_flexcontroller[g_numflexcontrollers].min = range_min;
|
|
g_flexcontroller[g_numflexcontrollers].max = range_max;
|
|
g_numflexcontrollers++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// this needs to be per model.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Option_Flexrule( s_model_t *pmodel, char *name )
|
|
{
|
|
int precedence[32];
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_CONST ] = 0;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_FETCH1 ] = 0;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_FETCH2 ] = 0;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_ADD ] = 1;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_SUB ] = 1;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_MUL ] = 2;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_DIV ] = 2;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_NEG ] = 4;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_EXP ] = 3;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_OPEN ] = 0; // only used in token parsing
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_CLOSE ] = 0;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_COMMA ] = 0;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_MAX ] = 5;
|
|
precedence[ STUDIO_MIN ] = 5;
|
|
|
|
s_flexop_t stream[MAX_OPS];
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
s_flexop_t stack[MAX_OPS];
|
|
int j = 0;
|
|
int k = 0;
|
|
|
|
s_flexrule_t *pRule = &g_flexrule[g_numflexrules++];
|
|
|
|
if (g_numflexrules > MAXSTUDIOFLEXRULES)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Too many flex rules (max %d)\n", MAXSTUDIOFLEXRULES );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int flexdesc;
|
|
for ( flexdesc = 0; flexdesc < g_numflexdesc; flexdesc++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( name, g_flexdesc[flexdesc].FACS ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (flexdesc >= g_numflexdesc)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Rule for unknown flex %s\n", name );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pRule->flex = flexdesc;
|
|
pRule->numops = 0;
|
|
|
|
// =
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
|
|
// parse all the tokens
|
|
bool linecontinue = false;
|
|
while ( linecontinue || TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetExprToken(linecontinue);
|
|
|
|
linecontinue = false;
|
|
|
|
if ( token[0] == '\\' )
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetToken(false) || token[0] != '\\')
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown expression token '\\%s\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
linecontinue = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( token[0] == '(' )
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i++].op = STUDIO_OPEN;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( token[0] == ')' )
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i++].op = STUDIO_CLOSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( token[0] == '+' )
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i++].op = STUDIO_ADD;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( token[0] == '-' )
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i].op = STUDIO_SUB;
|
|
if (i > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
switch( stream[i-1].op )
|
|
{
|
|
case STUDIO_OPEN:
|
|
case STUDIO_ADD:
|
|
case STUDIO_SUB:
|
|
case STUDIO_MUL:
|
|
case STUDIO_DIV:
|
|
case STUDIO_COMMA:
|
|
// it's a unary if it's preceded by a "(+-*/,"?
|
|
stream[i].op = STUDIO_NEG;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
i++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( token[0] == '*' )
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i++].op = STUDIO_MUL;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( token[0] == '/' )
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i++].op = STUDIO_DIV;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( V_isdigit( token[0] ))
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i].op = STUDIO_CONST;
|
|
stream[i++].d.value = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( token[0] == ',' )
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i++].op = STUDIO_COMMA;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( stricmp( token, "max" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i++].op = STUDIO_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( stricmp( token, "min" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i++].op = STUDIO_MIN;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (token[0] == '%')
|
|
{
|
|
GetExprToken(false);
|
|
|
|
for (k = 0; k < g_numflexdesc; k++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( token, g_flexdesc[k].FACS ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i].op = STUDIO_FETCH2;
|
|
stream[i++].d.index = k;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (k >= g_numflexdesc)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown flex %s\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
for (k = 0; k < g_numflexcontrollers; k++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( token, g_flexcontroller[k].name ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
stream[i].op = STUDIO_FETCH1;
|
|
stream[i++].d.index = k;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (k >= g_numflexcontrollers)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown controller %s\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i > MAX_OPS)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("expression %s too complicated\n", g_flexdesc[pRule->flex].FACS );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (0)
|
|
{
|
|
printf("%s = ", g_flexdesc[pRule->flex].FACS );
|
|
for ( k = 0; k < i; k++)
|
|
{
|
|
switch( stream[k].op )
|
|
{
|
|
case STUDIO_CONST: printf("%f ", stream[k].d.value ); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_FETCH1: printf("%s ", g_flexcontroller[stream[k].d.index].name ); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_FETCH2: printf("[%d] ", stream[k].d.index ); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_ADD: printf("+ "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_SUB: printf("- "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_MUL: printf("* "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_DIV: printf("/ "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_NEG: printf("neg "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_MAX: printf("max "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_MIN: printf("min "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_COMMA: printf(", "); break; // error
|
|
case STUDIO_OPEN: printf("( " ); break; // error
|
|
case STUDIO_CLOSE: printf(") " ); break; // error
|
|
default:
|
|
printf("err%d ", stream[k].op ); break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
// exit(1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
j = 0;
|
|
for (k = 0; k < i; k++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (j >= MAX_OPS)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("expression %s too complicated\n", g_flexdesc[pRule->flex].FACS );
|
|
}
|
|
switch( stream[k].op )
|
|
{
|
|
case STUDIO_CONST:
|
|
case STUDIO_FETCH1:
|
|
case STUDIO_FETCH2:
|
|
pRule->op[pRule->numops++] = stream[k];
|
|
break;
|
|
case STUDIO_OPEN:
|
|
stack[j++] = stream[k];
|
|
break;
|
|
case STUDIO_CLOSE:
|
|
// pop all operators off of the stack until an open paren
|
|
while (j > 0 && stack[j-1].op != STUDIO_OPEN)
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->op[pRule->numops++] = stack[j-1];
|
|
j--;
|
|
}
|
|
if (j == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unmatched closed parentheses\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
if (j > 0)
|
|
j--;
|
|
break;
|
|
case STUDIO_COMMA:
|
|
// pop all operators off of the stack until an open paren
|
|
while (j > 0 && stack[j-1].op != STUDIO_OPEN)
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->op[pRule->numops++] = stack[j-1];
|
|
j--;
|
|
}
|
|
// push operator onto the stack
|
|
stack[j++] = stream[k];
|
|
break;
|
|
case STUDIO_ADD:
|
|
case STUDIO_SUB:
|
|
case STUDIO_MUL:
|
|
case STUDIO_DIV:
|
|
// pop all operators off of the stack that have equal or higher precedence
|
|
while (j > 0 && precedence[stream[k].op] <= precedence[stack[j-1].op])
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->op[pRule->numops++] = stack[j-1];
|
|
j--;
|
|
}
|
|
// push operator onto the stack
|
|
stack[j++] = stream[k];
|
|
break;
|
|
case STUDIO_NEG:
|
|
if (stream[k+1].op == STUDIO_CONST)
|
|
{
|
|
// change sign of constant, skip op
|
|
stream[k+1].d.value = -stream[k+1].d.value;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// push operator onto the stack
|
|
stack[j++] = stream[k];
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case STUDIO_MAX:
|
|
case STUDIO_MIN:
|
|
// push operator onto the stack
|
|
stack[j++] = stream[k];
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (pRule->numops >= MAX_OPS)
|
|
TokenError("expression for \"%s\" too complicated\n", g_flexdesc[pRule->flex].FACS );
|
|
}
|
|
// pop all operators off of the stack
|
|
while (j > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pRule->op[pRule->numops++] = stack[j-1];
|
|
j--;
|
|
if (pRule->numops >= MAX_OPS)
|
|
TokenError("expression for \"%s\" too complicated\n", g_flexdesc[pRule->flex].FACS );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// reprocess the operands, eating commas for all functions
|
|
int numCommas = 0;
|
|
j = 0;
|
|
for (k = 0; k < pRule->numops; k++)
|
|
{
|
|
switch( pRule->op[k].op )
|
|
{
|
|
case STUDIO_MAX:
|
|
case STUDIO_MIN:
|
|
if (pRule->op[j-1].op != STUDIO_COMMA)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "missing comma\n");
|
|
}
|
|
// eat the comma operator
|
|
numCommas--;
|
|
pRule->op[j-1] = pRule->op[k];
|
|
break;
|
|
case STUDIO_COMMA:
|
|
numCommas++;
|
|
pRule->op[j++] = pRule->op[k];
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
pRule->op[j++] = pRule->op[k];
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pRule->numops = j;
|
|
if (numCommas != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "too many comma's\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (pRule->numops > MAX_OPS)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("expression %s too complicated\n", g_flexdesc[pRule->flex].FACS );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (0)
|
|
{
|
|
printf("%s = ", g_flexdesc[pRule->flex].FACS );
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < pRule->numops; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
switch( pRule->op[i].op )
|
|
{
|
|
case STUDIO_CONST: printf("%f ", pRule->op[i].d.value ); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_FETCH1: printf("%s ", g_flexcontroller[pRule->op[i].d.index].name ); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_FETCH2: printf("[%d] ", pRule->op[i].d.index ); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_ADD: printf("+ "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_SUB: printf("- "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_MUL: printf("* "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_DIV: printf("/ "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_NEG: printf("neg "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_MAX: printf("max "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_MIN: printf("min "); break;
|
|
case STUDIO_COMMA: printf(", "); break; // error
|
|
case STUDIO_OPEN: printf("( " ); break; // error
|
|
case STUDIO_CLOSE: printf(") " ); break; // error
|
|
default:
|
|
printf("err%d ", pRule->op[i].op ); break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
// exit(1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Model( )
|
|
{
|
|
g_model[g_nummodels] = (s_model_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_model_t ) );
|
|
|
|
// name
|
|
if (!GetToken(false))
|
|
return;
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_model[g_nummodels]->name, token );
|
|
|
|
// fake g_bodypart stuff
|
|
if (g_numbodyparts == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].base = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].base = g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts-1].base * g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts-1].nummodels;
|
|
}
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].name, token );
|
|
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].pmodel[g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].nummodels] = g_model[g_nummodels];
|
|
g_bodypart[g_numbodyparts].nummodels = 1;
|
|
g_numbodyparts++;
|
|
|
|
Option_Studio( g_model[g_nummodels] );
|
|
|
|
if ( g_model[g_nummodels]->source )
|
|
{
|
|
// Body command should add any flex commands in the source loaded
|
|
AddBodyFlexData( g_model[g_nummodels]->source, g_nummodels );
|
|
AddBodyAttachments( g_model[g_nummodels]->source );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int depth = 0;
|
|
while (1)
|
|
{
|
|
char FAC[256], vtafile[256];
|
|
if (depth > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if( !GetToken(true) )
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !TokenAvailable() )
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( endofscript )
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing }\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp("{", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
depth++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp("}", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
depth--;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( "eyeball", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
Option_Eyeball( g_model[g_nummodels] );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( "eyelid", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
Option_Eyelid( g_nummodels );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( "flex", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// g_flex
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( FAC, token );
|
|
if (depth == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// file
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( vtafile, token );
|
|
}
|
|
Option_Flex( FAC, vtafile, g_nummodels, 0.0 ); // FIXME: this needs to point to a model used, not loaded!!!
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( "flexpair", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// g_flex
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( FAC, token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
float split = atof( token );
|
|
|
|
if (depth == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// file
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( vtafile, token );
|
|
}
|
|
Option_Flex( FAC, vtafile, g_nummodels, split ); // FIXME: this needs to point to a model used, not loaded!!!
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( "defaultflex", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// file
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( vtafile, token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// g_flex
|
|
Option_Flex( "default", vtafile, g_nummodels, 0.0 ); // FIXME: this needs to point to a model used, not loaded!!!
|
|
g_defaultflexkey = &g_flexkey[g_numflexkeys-1];
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( "flexfile", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// file
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( vtafile, token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( "localvar", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
Add_Flexdesc( token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( "mouth", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
Option_Mouth( g_model[g_nummodels] );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( "flexcontroller", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
Option_Flexcontroller( g_model[g_nummodels] );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( token[0] == '%' )
|
|
{
|
|
Option_Flexrule( g_model[g_nummodels], &token[1] );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp("attachment", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Option_Attachment( g_model[g_nummodels] );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( token, "spherenormals" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
Option_Spherenormals( g_model[g_nummodels]->source );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "unknown model option \"%s\"\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (depth < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing {\n");
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Actually connect up the expressions between the Dme Flex Controllers & Flex Descriptors
|
|
// In case there was data added by some other eyeball command (like eyelid)
|
|
AddBodyFlexRules( g_model[ g_nummodels ]->source );
|
|
|
|
g_nummodels++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_FakeVTA( void )
|
|
{
|
|
int depth = 0;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
s_source_t *psource = (s_source_t *)kalloc( 1, sizeof( s_source_t ) );
|
|
g_source[g_numsources] = psource;
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_source[g_numsources]->filename, token );
|
|
g_numsources++;
|
|
|
|
while (1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if(!GetToken(true))
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (endofscript)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing }\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (stricmp("{", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("}", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
depth--;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp("appendvta", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
char filename[256];
|
|
// file
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( filename, token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
int frame = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
AppendVTAtoOBJ( psource, filename, frame );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_IKChain( )
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetToken(false))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < g_numikchains; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( token, g_ikchain[i].name ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (i < g_numikchains)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!g_quiet)
|
|
{
|
|
printf("duplicate ikchain \"%s\" ignored\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_ikchain[g_numikchains].name, token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_ikchain[g_numikchains].bonename, token );
|
|
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].axis = STUDIO_Z;
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].value = 0.0;
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].height = 18.0;
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].floor = 0.0;
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].radius = 0.0;
|
|
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
|
|
if (lookupControl( token ) != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].axis = lookupControl( token );
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].value = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "height", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].height = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "pad", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].radius = verify_atof( token ) / 2.0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "floor", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].floor = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "knee", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].link[0].kneeDir.x = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].link[0].kneeDir.y = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].link[0].kneeDir.z = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "center", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].center.x = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].center.y = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikchain[g_numikchains].center.z = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
g_numikchains++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_IKAutoplayLock( )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_ikautoplaylock[g_numikautoplaylocks].name, token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikautoplaylock[g_numikautoplaylocks].flPosWeight = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_ikautoplaylock[g_numikautoplaylocks].flLocalQWeight = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
g_numikautoplaylocks++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Root ()
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetToken (false))
|
|
{
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( rootname, token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Controller (void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetToken (false))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!stricmp("mouth",token))
|
|
{
|
|
g_bonecontroller[g_numbonecontrollers].inputfield = 4;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g_bonecontroller[g_numbonecontrollers].inputfield = verify_atoi(token);
|
|
}
|
|
if (GetToken(false))
|
|
{
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_bonecontroller[g_numbonecontrollers].name, token );
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
if ((g_bonecontroller[g_numbonecontrollers].type = lookupControl(token)) == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning("unknown g_bonecontroller type '%s'\n", token );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_bonecontroller[g_numbonecontrollers].start = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_bonecontroller[g_numbonecontrollers].end = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
if (g_bonecontroller[g_numbonecontrollers].type & (STUDIO_XR | STUDIO_YR | STUDIO_ZR))
|
|
{
|
|
if (((int)(g_bonecontroller[g_numbonecontrollers].start + 360) % 360) == ((int)(g_bonecontroller[g_numbonecontrollers].end + 360) % 360))
|
|
{
|
|
g_bonecontroller[g_numbonecontrollers].type |= STUDIO_RLOOP;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
g_numbonecontrollers++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// Debugging function that enumerate all a models bones to stdout.
|
|
static void SpewBones()
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning("g_numbones %i\n",g_numbones);
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = g_numbones; --i >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
printf("%s\n",g_bonetable[i].name);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_ScreenAlign ( void )
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetToken (false))
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Assert( g_numscreenalignedbones < MAXSTUDIOSRCBONES );
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_screenalignedbone[g_numscreenalignedbones].name, token );
|
|
g_screenalignedbone[g_numscreenalignedbones].flags = BONE_SCREEN_ALIGN_SPHERE;
|
|
|
|
if( GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if( !stricmp( "sphere", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_screenalignedbone[g_numscreenalignedbones].flags = BONE_SCREEN_ALIGN_SPHERE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if( !stricmp( "cylinder", token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_screenalignedbone[g_numscreenalignedbones].flags = BONE_SCREEN_ALIGN_CYLINDER;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_numscreenalignedbones++;
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "$screenalign: expected bone name\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_BBox (void)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
bbox[0][0] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
bbox[0][1] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
bbox[0][2] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
bbox[1][0] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
bbox[1][1] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
bbox[1][2] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
g_wrotebbox = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_CBox (void)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
cbox[0][0] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
cbox[0][1] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
cbox[0][2] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
cbox[1][0] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
cbox[1][1] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
cbox[1][2] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
g_wrotecbox = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Gamma (void)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_gamma = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_TextureGroup( )
|
|
{
|
|
if( g_bCreateMakefile )
|
|
{
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
int i;
|
|
int depth = 0;
|
|
int index = 0;
|
|
int group = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!GetToken(false))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (g_numskinref == 0)
|
|
g_numskinref = g_numtextures;
|
|
|
|
while (1)
|
|
{
|
|
if(!GetToken(true))
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (endofscript)
|
|
{
|
|
if (depth != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("missing }\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (token[0] == '{')
|
|
{
|
|
depth++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (token[0] == '}')
|
|
{
|
|
depth--;
|
|
if (depth == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
group++;
|
|
index = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (depth == 2)
|
|
{
|
|
i = UseTextureAsMaterial( LookupTexture( token ) );
|
|
g_texturegroup[g_numtexturegroups][group][index] = i;
|
|
if (group != 0)
|
|
g_texture[i].parent = g_texturegroup[g_numtexturegroups][0][index];
|
|
index++;
|
|
g_numtexturereps[g_numtexturegroups] = index;
|
|
g_numtexturelayers[g_numtexturegroups] = group + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_numtexturegroups++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Hitgroup( )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_hitgroup[g_numhitgroups].group = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_hitgroup[g_numhitgroups].name, token );
|
|
g_numhitgroups++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Hitbox( )
|
|
{
|
|
bool autogenerated = false;
|
|
if ( g_hitboxsets.Size() == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
g_hitboxsets.AddToTail();
|
|
autogenerated = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Last one
|
|
s_hitboxset *set = &g_hitboxsets[ g_hitboxsets.Size() - 1 ];
|
|
if ( autogenerated )
|
|
{
|
|
memset( set, 0, sizeof( *set ) );
|
|
|
|
// fill in name if it wasn't specified in the .qc
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( set->hitboxsetname, "default" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].group = verify_atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// Grab the bone name:
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].name, token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].bmin[0] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].bmin[1] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].bmin[2] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].bmax[0] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].bmax[1] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].bmax[2] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
//Scale hitboxes
|
|
scale_vertex( set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].bmin );
|
|
scale_vertex( set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].bmax );
|
|
// clear out the hitboxname:
|
|
memset( set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].hitboxname, 0, sizeof( set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].hitboxname ) );
|
|
|
|
// Grab the hit box name if present:
|
|
if( TokenAvailable() )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( set->hitbox[set->numhitboxes].hitboxname, token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
set->numhitboxes++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_HitboxSet( void )
|
|
{
|
|
// Add a new hitboxset
|
|
s_hitboxset *set = &g_hitboxsets[ g_hitboxsets.AddToTail() ];
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
memset( set, 0, sizeof( *set ) );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( set->hitboxsetname, token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Assigns a default surface property to the entire model
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
struct SurfacePropName_t
|
|
{
|
|
char m_pJointName[128];
|
|
char m_pSurfaceProp[128];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static char s_pDefaultSurfaceProp[128] = {"default"};
|
|
static CUtlVector<SurfacePropName_t> s_JointSurfaceProp;
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Assigns a default surface property to the entire model
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_SurfaceProp ()
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( s_pDefaultSurfaceProp, token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Assigns a surface property to a particular joint
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_JointSurfaceProp ()
|
|
{
|
|
// Get joint name...
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
|
|
// Search for the name in our list
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = s_JointSurfaceProp.Count(); --i >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (!stricmp(s_JointSurfaceProp[i].m_pJointName, token))
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add new entry if we haven't seen this name before
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
i = s_JointSurfaceProp.AddToTail();
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( s_JointSurfaceProp[i].m_pJointName, token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// surface property name
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( s_JointSurfaceProp[i].m_pSurfaceProp, token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Returns the default surface prop name
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
char* GetDefaultSurfaceProp ( )
|
|
{
|
|
return s_pDefaultSurfaceProp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Returns surface property for a given joint
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
static char* FindSurfaceProp ( const char* pJointName )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int i = s_JointSurfaceProp.Count(); --i >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (!stricmp(s_JointSurfaceProp[i].m_pJointName, pJointName))
|
|
{
|
|
return s_JointSurfaceProp[i].m_pSurfaceProp;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Returns surface property for a given joint
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
char* GetSurfaceProp ( const char* pJointName )
|
|
{
|
|
while( pJointName )
|
|
{
|
|
// First try to find this joint
|
|
char* pSurfaceProp = FindSurfaceProp( pJointName );
|
|
if (pSurfaceProp)
|
|
return pSurfaceProp;
|
|
|
|
// If we can't find the joint, then find it's parent...
|
|
if (!g_numbones)
|
|
return s_pDefaultSurfaceProp;
|
|
|
|
int i = findGlobalBone( pJointName );
|
|
|
|
if ((i >= 0) && (g_bonetable[i].parent >= 0))
|
|
{
|
|
pJointName = g_bonetable[g_bonetable[i].parent].name;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pJointName = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// No match, return the default one
|
|
return s_pDefaultSurfaceProp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Returns surface property for a given joint
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void ConsistencyCheckSurfaceProp ( )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int i = s_JointSurfaceProp.Count(); --i >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
int j = findGlobalBone( s_JointSurfaceProp[i].m_pJointName );
|
|
|
|
if (j < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning("You specified a joint surface property for joint\n"
|
|
" \"%s\" which either doesn't exist or was optimized out.\n", s_JointSurfaceProp[i].m_pJointName );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Assigns a default contents to the entire model
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
struct ContentsName_t
|
|
{
|
|
char m_pJointName[128];
|
|
int m_nContents;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static int s_nDefaultContents = CONTENTS_SOLID;
|
|
static CUtlVector<ContentsName_t> s_JointContents;
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse contents flags
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
static void ParseContents( int *pAddFlags, int *pRemoveFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
*pAddFlags = 0;
|
|
*pRemoveFlags = 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
|
|
if ( !stricmp( token, "grate" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
*pAddFlags |= CONTENTS_GRATE;
|
|
*pRemoveFlags |= CONTENTS_SOLID;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "ladder" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
*pAddFlags |= CONTENTS_LADDER;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "solid" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
*pAddFlags |= CONTENTS_SOLID;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "monster" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
*pAddFlags |= CONTENTS_MONSTER;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "notsolid" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
*pRemoveFlags |= CONTENTS_SOLID;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (TokenAvailable());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Assigns a default contents to the entire model
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Contents()
|
|
{
|
|
int nAddFlags, nRemoveFlags;
|
|
ParseContents( &nAddFlags, &nRemoveFlags );
|
|
s_nDefaultContents |= nAddFlags;
|
|
s_nDefaultContents &= ~nRemoveFlags;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Assigns contents to a particular joint
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_JointContents ()
|
|
{
|
|
// Get joint name...
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
|
|
// Search for the name in our list
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = s_JointContents.Count(); --i >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (!stricmp(s_JointContents[i].m_pJointName, token))
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add new entry if we haven't seen this name before
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
i = s_JointContents.AddToTail();
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( s_JointContents[i].m_pJointName, token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int nAddFlags, nRemoveFlags;
|
|
ParseContents( &nAddFlags, &nRemoveFlags );
|
|
s_JointContents[i].m_nContents = CONTENTS_SOLID;
|
|
s_JointContents[i].m_nContents |= nAddFlags;
|
|
s_JointContents[i].m_nContents &= ~nRemoveFlags;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Returns the default contents
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
int GetDefaultContents( )
|
|
{
|
|
return s_nDefaultContents;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Returns contents for a given joint
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
static int FindContents( const char* pJointName )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int i = s_JointContents.Count(); --i >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (!stricmp(s_JointContents[i].m_pJointName, pJointName))
|
|
{
|
|
return s_JointContents[i].m_nContents;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Returns contents for a given joint
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
int GetContents( const char* pJointName )
|
|
{
|
|
while( pJointName )
|
|
{
|
|
// First try to find this joint
|
|
int nContents = FindContents( pJointName );
|
|
if (nContents != -1)
|
|
return nContents;
|
|
|
|
// If we can't find the joint, then find it's parent...
|
|
if (!g_numbones)
|
|
return s_nDefaultContents;
|
|
|
|
int i = findGlobalBone( pJointName );
|
|
|
|
if ((i >= 0) && (g_bonetable[i].parent >= 0))
|
|
{
|
|
pJointName = g_bonetable[g_bonetable[i].parent].name;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pJointName = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// No match, return the default one
|
|
return s_nDefaultContents;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Checks specified contents
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void ConsistencyCheckContents( )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int i = s_JointContents.Count(); --i >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
int j = findGlobalBone( s_JointContents[i].m_pJointName );
|
|
|
|
if (j < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning("You specified a joint contents for joint\n"
|
|
" \"%s\" which either doesn't exist or was optimized out.\n", s_JointSurfaceProp[i].m_pJointName );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_BoneMerge( )
|
|
{
|
|
if( g_bCreateMakefile )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int nIndex = g_BoneMerge.AddToTail();
|
|
|
|
// bone name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_BoneMerge[nIndex].bonename, token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Attachment( )
|
|
{
|
|
if( g_bCreateMakefile )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_attachment[g_numattachments].name, token );
|
|
|
|
// bone name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_attachment[g_numattachments].bonename, token );
|
|
|
|
Vector tmp;
|
|
|
|
// position
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
tmp.x = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
tmp.y = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
tmp.z = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
scale_vertex( tmp );
|
|
// identity matrix
|
|
AngleMatrix( QAngle( 0, 0, 0 ), g_attachment[g_numattachments].local );
|
|
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
|
|
if (stricmp(token,"absolute") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
g_attachment[g_numattachments].type |= IS_ABSOLUTE;
|
|
AngleIMatrix( g_defaultrotation, g_attachment[g_numattachments].local );
|
|
// AngleIMatrix( Vector( 0, 0, 0 ), g_attachment[g_numattachments].local );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp(token,"rigid") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
g_attachment[g_numattachments].type |= IS_RIGID;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp(token,"world_align") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
g_attachment[g_numattachments].flags |= ATTACHMENT_FLAG_WORLD_ALIGN;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp(token,"rotate") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
QAngle angles;
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!TokenAvailable())
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
angles[i] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
AngleMatrix( angles, g_attachment[g_numattachments].local );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp(token,"x_and_z_axes") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
Vector xaxis, yaxis, zaxis;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!TokenAvailable())
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
xaxis[i] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!TokenAvailable())
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
zaxis[i] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
VectorNormalize( xaxis );
|
|
VectorMA( zaxis, -DotProduct( zaxis, xaxis ), xaxis, zaxis );
|
|
VectorNormalize( zaxis );
|
|
CrossProduct( zaxis, xaxis, yaxis );
|
|
MatrixSetColumn( xaxis, 0, g_attachment[g_numattachments].local );
|
|
MatrixSetColumn( yaxis, 1, g_attachment[g_numattachments].local );
|
|
MatrixSetColumn( zaxis, 2, g_attachment[g_numattachments].local );
|
|
MatrixSetColumn( vec3_origin, 3, g_attachment[g_numattachments].local );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("unknown attachment (%s) option: ", g_attachment[g_numattachments].name, token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_attachment[g_numattachments].local[0][3] = tmp.x;
|
|
g_attachment[g_numattachments].local[1][3] = tmp.y;
|
|
g_attachment[g_numattachments].local[2][3] = tmp.z;
|
|
|
|
g_numattachments++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
int LookupAttachment( char *name )
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < g_numattachments; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( g_attachment[i].name, name ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Renamebone( )
|
|
{
|
|
// from
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_renamedbone[g_numrenamedbones].from, token );
|
|
|
|
// to
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_renamedbone[g_numrenamedbones].to, token );
|
|
|
|
g_numrenamedbones++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose:
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Skiptransition( )
|
|
{
|
|
int nskips = 0;
|
|
int list[10];
|
|
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
list[nskips++] = LookupXNode( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < nskips; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
for (int j = 0; j < nskips; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (list[i] != list[j])
|
|
{
|
|
g_xnodeskip[g_numxnodeskips][0] = list[i];
|
|
g_xnodeskip[g_numxnodeskips][1] = list[j];
|
|
g_numxnodeskips++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
// The following code is all related to LODs
|
|
//
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse replacemodel command, causes an LOD to use a new model
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
static void Cmd_ReplaceModel( LodScriptData_t& lodData )
|
|
{
|
|
int i = lodData.modelReplacements.AddToTail();
|
|
CLodScriptReplacement_t& newReplacement = lodData.modelReplacements[i];
|
|
|
|
// from
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
// Strip off extensions for the source...
|
|
char* pDot = strrchr( token, '.' );
|
|
if (pDot)
|
|
{
|
|
*pDot = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!FindCachedSource( token, "" ))
|
|
{
|
|
// must have prior knowledge of the from
|
|
TokenError( "Unknown replace model '%s'\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
newReplacement.SetSrcName( token );
|
|
|
|
// to
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
newReplacement.SetDstName( token );
|
|
|
|
// check for "reverse"
|
|
bool reverse = false;
|
|
if( TokenAvailable() && GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if( stricmp( "reverse", token ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
reverse = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "\"%s\" unexpected\n", token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the LOD system tells us to replace "blank", let's forget
|
|
// we ever read this. Have to do it here so parsing works
|
|
if( !stricmp( newReplacement.GetSrcName(), "blank" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
lodData.modelReplacements.FastRemove( i );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Load the source right here baby! That way its bones will get converted
|
|
if ( !lodData.IsStrippedFromModel() )
|
|
{
|
|
newReplacement.m_pSource = Load_Source( newReplacement.GetDstName(), "smd", reverse, false );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !g_quiet )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "Stripped lod \"%s\" @ %.1f\n", newReplacement.GetDstName(), lodData.switchValue );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse removemodel command, causes an LOD to stop using a model
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
static void Cmd_RemoveModel( LodScriptData_t& lodData )
|
|
{
|
|
int i = lodData.modelReplacements.AddToTail();
|
|
CLodScriptReplacement_t& newReplacement = lodData.modelReplacements[i];
|
|
|
|
// from
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
|
|
// Strip off extensions...
|
|
char* pDot = strrchr( token, '.' );
|
|
if (pDot)
|
|
*pDot = 0;
|
|
|
|
newReplacement.SetSrcName( token );
|
|
|
|
// to
|
|
newReplacement.SetDstName( "" );
|
|
|
|
// If the LOD system tells us to replace "blank", let's forget
|
|
// we ever read this. Have to do it here so parsing works
|
|
if( !stricmp( newReplacement.GetSrcName(), "blank" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
lodData.modelReplacements.FastRemove( i );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse replacebone command, causes a part of an LOD model to use a different bone
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
static void Cmd_ReplaceBone( LodScriptData_t& lodData )
|
|
{
|
|
int i = lodData.boneReplacements.AddToTail();
|
|
CLodScriptReplacement_t& newReplacement = lodData.boneReplacements[i];
|
|
|
|
// from
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
newReplacement.SetSrcName( token );
|
|
|
|
// to
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
newReplacement.SetDstName( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse bonetreecollapse command, causes the entire subtree to use the same bone as the node
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
static void Cmd_BoneTreeCollapse( LodScriptData_t& lodData )
|
|
{
|
|
int i = lodData.boneTreeCollapses.AddToTail();
|
|
CLodScriptReplacement_t& newCollapse = lodData.boneTreeCollapses[i];
|
|
|
|
// from
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
newCollapse.SetSrcName( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse replacematerial command, causes a material to be used in place of another
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
static void Cmd_ReplaceMaterial( LodScriptData_t& lodData )
|
|
{
|
|
int i = lodData.materialReplacements.AddToTail();
|
|
CLodScriptReplacement_t& newReplacement = lodData.materialReplacements[i];
|
|
|
|
// from
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
newReplacement.SetSrcName( token );
|
|
|
|
// to
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
newReplacement.SetDstName( token );
|
|
|
|
if ( !lodData.IsStrippedFromModel() )
|
|
{
|
|
// make sure it goes into the master list
|
|
UseTextureAsMaterial( LookupTexture( token ) );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse removemesh command, causes a mesh to not be used anymore
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
static void Cmd_RemoveMesh( LodScriptData_t& lodData )
|
|
{
|
|
int i = lodData.meshRemovals.AddToTail();
|
|
CLodScriptReplacement_t& newReplacement = lodData.meshRemovals[i];
|
|
|
|
// from
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
Q_FixSlashes( token );
|
|
newReplacement.SetSrcName( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_LOD( const char *cmdname )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( gflags & STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_HASSHADOWLOD )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Model can only have one $shadowlod and it must be the last lod in the .qc (%d) : %s\n", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int i = g_ScriptLODs.AddToTail();
|
|
LodScriptData_t& newLOD = g_ScriptLODs[i];
|
|
|
|
if( g_ScriptLODs.Count() > MAX_NUM_LODS )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Too many LODs (MAX_NUM_LODS==%d)\n", ( int )MAX_NUM_LODS );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Shadow lod reserves -1 as switch value
|
|
// which uniquely identifies a shadow lod
|
|
newLOD.switchValue = -1.0f;
|
|
|
|
bool isShadowCall = ( !stricmp( cmdname, "$shadowlod" ) ) ? true : false;
|
|
|
|
if ( isShadowCall )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( TokenAvailable() )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
MdlWarning( "(%d) : %s: Ignoring switch value on %s command line\n", g_iLinecount, cmdname, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Disable facial animation by default
|
|
newLOD.EnableFacialAnimation( false );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( TokenAvailable() )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
newLOD.switchValue = verify_atof( token );
|
|
if ( newLOD.switchValue < 0.0f )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Negative switch value reserved for $shadowlod (%d) : %s\n", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Expected LOD switch value (%d) : %s\n", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetToken( true );
|
|
if( stricmp( "{", token ) != 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "\"{\" expected while processing %s (%d) : %s", cmdname, g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// In case we are stripping all lods and it's not Lod0, strip it
|
|
if ( i && g_bStripLods )
|
|
newLOD.StripFromModel( true );
|
|
|
|
while( 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( true );
|
|
if( stricmp( "replacemodel", token ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
Cmd_ReplaceModel(newLOD);
|
|
}
|
|
else if( stricmp( "removemodel", token ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
Cmd_RemoveModel(newLOD);
|
|
}
|
|
else if( stricmp( "replacebone", token ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
Cmd_ReplaceBone( newLOD );
|
|
}
|
|
else if( stricmp( "bonetreecollapse", token ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
Cmd_BoneTreeCollapse( newLOD );
|
|
}
|
|
else if( stricmp( "replacematerial", token ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
Cmd_ReplaceMaterial( newLOD );
|
|
}
|
|
else if( stricmp( "removemesh", token ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
Cmd_RemoveMesh( newLOD );
|
|
}
|
|
else if( stricmp( "nofacial", token ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
newLOD.EnableFacialAnimation( false );
|
|
}
|
|
else if( stricmp( "facial", token ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
if (isShadowCall)
|
|
{
|
|
// facial animation has no reasonable purpose on a shadow lod
|
|
TokenError( "Facial animation is not allowed for $shadowlod\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
newLOD.EnableFacialAnimation( true );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( stricmp( "use_shadowlod_materials", token ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
if (isShadowCall)
|
|
{
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_USE_SHADOWLOD_MATERIALS;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if( stricmp( "}", token ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "invalid input while processing %s (%d) : %s", cmdname, g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the LOD is stripped, then forget we saw it
|
|
if ( newLOD.IsStrippedFromModel() )
|
|
{
|
|
g_ScriptLODs.FastRemove( i );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_ShadowLOD( void )
|
|
{
|
|
if (!g_quiet)
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "Processing $shadowlod\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Act like it's a regular lod entry
|
|
Cmd_LOD( "$shadowlod" );
|
|
|
|
// Mark .mdl as having shadow lod (we also check above that we have only one of these
|
|
// and that it's the last entered lod )
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_HASSHADOWLOD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// A couple commands related to translucency sorting
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Opaque( )
|
|
{
|
|
// Force Opaque has precedence
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_FORCE_OPAQUE;
|
|
gflags &= ~STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_TRANSLUCENT_TWOPASS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_TranslucentTwoPass( )
|
|
{
|
|
// Force Opaque has precedence
|
|
if ((gflags & STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_FORCE_OPAQUE) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_TRANSLUCENT_TWOPASS;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Indicates the model be rendered with ambient boost heuristic (first used on Alyx in Episode 1)
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_AmbientBoost()
|
|
{
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_AMBIENT_BOOST;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Indicates the model should not cast shadows (useful for first-person models as used in L4D)
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_DoNotCastShadows()
|
|
{
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_DO_NOT_CAST_SHADOWS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Indicates the model should cast texutre-based shadows in vrad (NOTE: only applicable to prop_static)
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_CastTextureShadows()
|
|
{
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_CAST_TEXTURE_SHADOWS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Indicates the model should not fade out even if the level or fallback settings say to
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_NoForcedFade()
|
|
{
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_NO_FORCED_FADE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Indicates the model should not use the bone origin when calculating bboxes, sequence boxes, etc.
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_SkipBoneInBBox()
|
|
{
|
|
g_bUseBoneInBBox = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Indicates the model will lengthen the viseme check to always include two phonemes
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_ForcePhonemeCrossfade()
|
|
{
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_FORCE_PHONEME_CROSSFADE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Indicates the model should keep pre-defined bone lengths regardless of animation changes
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_LockBoneLengths()
|
|
{
|
|
g_bLockBoneLengths = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Indicates the model should replace pre-defined bone lengths and default orientations
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_UnlockDefineBones()
|
|
{
|
|
g_bOverridePreDefinedBones = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Mark this model as obsolete so that it'll show the obsolete material in game.
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_Obsolete( )
|
|
{
|
|
// Force Opaque has precedence
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_OBSOLETE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// The bones should be moved so that they center themselves on the verts they own.
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_CenterBonesOnVerts( )
|
|
{
|
|
// force centering on bones
|
|
g_bCenterBonesOnVerts = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// How far back should simple motion extract pull back from the last frame
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_MotionExtractionRollBack( )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
g_flDefaultMotionRollback = atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// rules for breaking up long animations into multiple sub anims
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_SectionFrames( )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
g_sectionFrames = atof( token );
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
g_minSectionFrameLimit = atoi( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// world space clamping boundaries for animations
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Cmd_ClampWorldspace( )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_vecMinWorldspace[0] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_vecMinWorldspace[1] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_vecMinWorldspace[2] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_vecMaxWorldspace[0] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_vecMaxWorldspace[1] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_vecMaxWorldspace[2] = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Key value block!
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Option_KeyValues( CUtlVector< char > *pKeyValue )
|
|
{
|
|
// Simply read in the block between { }s as text
|
|
// and plop it out unchanged into the .mdl file.
|
|
// Make sure to respect the fact that we may have nested {}s
|
|
int nLevel = 1;
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetToken( true ) )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( token[0] != '{' )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
AppendKeyValueText( pKeyValue, "mdlkeyvalue\n{\n" );
|
|
|
|
while ( GetToken(true) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !stricmp( token, "}" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
nLevel--;
|
|
if ( nLevel <= 0 )
|
|
break;
|
|
AppendKeyValueText( pKeyValue, " }\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "{" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
AppendKeyValueText( pKeyValue, "{\n" );
|
|
nLevel++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// tokens inside braces are quoted
|
|
if ( nLevel > 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
AppendKeyValueText( pKeyValue, "\"" );
|
|
AppendKeyValueText( pKeyValue, token );
|
|
AppendKeyValueText( pKeyValue, "\" " );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
AppendKeyValueText( pKeyValue, token );
|
|
AppendKeyValueText( pKeyValue, " " );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nLevel >= 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "Keyvalue block missing matching braces.\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AppendKeyValueText( pKeyValue, "}\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: force a specific parent child relationship
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_ForcedHierarchy( )
|
|
{
|
|
// child name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_forcedhierarchy[g_numforcedhierarchy].childname, token );
|
|
|
|
// parent name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_forcedhierarchy[g_numforcedhierarchy].parentname, token );
|
|
|
|
g_numforcedhierarchy++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: insert a virtual bone between a child and parent (currently unsupported)
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_InsertHierarchy( )
|
|
{
|
|
// child name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_forcedhierarchy[g_numforcedhierarchy].childname, token );
|
|
|
|
// subparent name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_forcedhierarchy[g_numforcedhierarchy].subparentname, token );
|
|
|
|
// parent name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_forcedhierarchy[g_numforcedhierarchy].parentname, token );
|
|
|
|
g_numforcedhierarchy++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: rotate a specific bone
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_ForceRealign( )
|
|
{
|
|
// bone name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_forcedrealign[g_numforcedrealign].name, token );
|
|
|
|
// skip
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
|
|
// X axis
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_forcedrealign[g_numforcedrealign].rot.x = DEG2RAD( verify_atof( token ) );
|
|
|
|
// Y axis
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_forcedrealign[g_numforcedrealign].rot.y = DEG2RAD( verify_atof( token ) );
|
|
|
|
// Z axis
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_forcedrealign[g_numforcedrealign].rot.z = DEG2RAD( verify_atof( token ) );
|
|
|
|
g_numforcedrealign++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: specify a bone to allow > 180 but < 360 rotation (forces a calculated "mid point" to rotation)
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_LimitRotation( )
|
|
{
|
|
// bone name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_limitrotation[g_numlimitrotation].name, token );
|
|
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
// sequence name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
// This was a call to strcpyn but since sequencename is an array of char*
|
|
// it was passing sizeof(char*) as the number of characters to copy, which
|
|
// makes no sense. Commenting out until a better idea comes along.
|
|
Assert( 0 );
|
|
//V_strcpy_safe( g_limitrotation[g_numlimitrotation].sequencename[g_limitrotation[g_numlimitrotation].numseq++], token );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_numlimitrotation++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: specify bones to store, even if nothing references them
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_DefineBone( )
|
|
{
|
|
// bone name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_importbone[g_numimportbones].name, token );
|
|
|
|
// parent name
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_importbone[g_numimportbones].parent, token );
|
|
|
|
Vector pos;
|
|
QAngle angles;
|
|
|
|
// default pos
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
pos.x = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
pos.y = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
pos.z = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
angles.x = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
angles.y = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
angles.z = verify_atof( token );
|
|
AngleMatrix( angles, pos, g_importbone[g_numimportbones].rawLocal );
|
|
|
|
if (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
g_importbone[g_numimportbones].bPreAligned = true;
|
|
// realign pos
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
pos.x = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
pos.y = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
pos.z = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
angles.x = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
angles.y = verify_atof( token );
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
angles.z = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
AngleMatrix( angles, pos, g_importbone[g_numimportbones].srcRealign );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
SetIdentityMatrix( g_importbone[g_numimportbones].srcRealign );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_numimportbones++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
float ParseJiggleStiffness( void )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone: expecting stiffness value\n" );
|
|
return 0.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
float stiffness = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
const float minStiffness = 0.0f;
|
|
const float maxStiffness = 1000.0f;
|
|
|
|
return clamp( stiffness, minStiffness, maxStiffness );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
float ParseJiggleDamping( void )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone: expecting damping value\n" );
|
|
return 0.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
float damping = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
const float minDamping = 0.0f;
|
|
const float maxDamping = 10.0f;
|
|
|
|
return clamp( damping, minDamping, maxDamping );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
bool ParseJiggleAngleConstraint( s_jigglebone_t *jiggleInfo )
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.flags |= JIGGLE_HAS_ANGLE_CONSTRAINT;
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone: expecting angle value\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.angleLimit = verify_atof( token ) * M_PI / 180.0f;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
bool ParseJiggleYawConstraint( s_jigglebone_t *jiggleInfo )
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.flags |= JIGGLE_HAS_YAW_CONSTRAINT;
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone: expecting minimum yaw value\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.minYaw = verify_atof( token ) * M_PI / 180.0f;
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone: expecting maximum yaw value\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.maxYaw = verify_atof( token ) * M_PI / 180.0f;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
bool ParseJigglePitchConstraint( s_jigglebone_t *jiggleInfo )
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.flags |= JIGGLE_HAS_PITCH_CONSTRAINT;
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone: expecting minimum pitch value\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.minPitch = verify_atof( token ) * M_PI / 180.0f;
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone: expecting maximum pitch value\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.maxPitch = verify_atof( token ) * M_PI / 180.0f;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parse common parameters.
|
|
* This assumes a token has already been read, and returns true if
|
|
* the token is recognized and parsed.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ParseCommonJiggle( s_jigglebone_t *jiggleInfo )
|
|
{
|
|
if (!stricmp( token, "tip_mass" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.tipMass = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "length" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.length = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "angle_constraint" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if (ParseJiggleAngleConstraint( jiggleInfo ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "yaw_constraint" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if (ParseJiggleYawConstraint( jiggleInfo ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "yaw_friction" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.yawFriction = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "yaw_bounce" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.yawBounce = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "pitch_constraint" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if (ParseJigglePitchConstraint( jiggleInfo ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "pitch_friction" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.pitchFriction = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "pitch_bounce" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.pitchBounce = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// unknown token
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone: invalid syntax '%s'\n", token );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parse parameters for is_flexible subsection
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ParseFlexibleJiggle( s_jigglebone_t *jiggleInfo )
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.flags |= (JIGGLE_IS_FLEXIBLE | JIGGLE_HAS_LENGTH_CONSTRAINT);
|
|
|
|
bool gotOpenBracket = false;
|
|
while (true)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetToken( true ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone:is_flexible: parse error\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!stricmp( token, "{" ))
|
|
{
|
|
gotOpenBracket = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!gotOpenBracket)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone:is_flexible: missing '{'\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "}" ))
|
|
{
|
|
// definition complete
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "yaw_stiffness" ))
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.yawStiffness = ParseJiggleStiffness();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "yaw_damping" ))
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.yawDamping = ParseJiggleStiffness();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "pitch_stiffness" ))
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.pitchStiffness = ParseJiggleStiffness();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "pitch_damping" ))
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.pitchDamping = ParseJiggleStiffness();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "along_stiffness" ))
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.alongStiffness = ParseJiggleStiffness();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "along_damping" ))
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.alongDamping = ParseJiggleStiffness();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "allow_length_flex" ))
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.flags &= ~JIGGLE_HAS_LENGTH_CONSTRAINT;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ParseCommonJiggle( jiggleInfo ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone:is_flexible: invalid syntax '%s'\n", token );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parse parameters for is_rigid subsection
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ParseRigidJiggle( s_jigglebone_t *jiggleInfo )
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.flags |= (JIGGLE_IS_RIGID | JIGGLE_HAS_LENGTH_CONSTRAINT);
|
|
|
|
bool gotOpenBracket = false;
|
|
while (true)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetToken( true ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone:is_rigid: parse error\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!stricmp( token, "{" ))
|
|
{
|
|
gotOpenBracket = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!gotOpenBracket)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone:is_rigid: missing '{'\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "}" ))
|
|
{
|
|
// definition complete
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ParseCommonJiggle( jiggleInfo ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone:is_rigid: invalid syntax '%s'\n", token );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parse parameters for has_base_spring subsection
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ParseBaseSpringJiggle( s_jigglebone_t *jiggleInfo )
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.flags |= JIGGLE_HAS_BASE_SPRING;
|
|
|
|
bool gotOpenBracket = false;
|
|
while (true)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetToken( true ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone:has_base_spring: parse error\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!stricmp( token, "{" ))
|
|
{
|
|
gotOpenBracket = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!gotOpenBracket)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone:has_base_spring: missing '{'\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "}" ))
|
|
{
|
|
// definition complete
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "stiffness" ))
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseStiffness = ParseJiggleStiffness();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "damping" ))
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseDamping = ParseJiggleStiffness();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "left_constraint" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMinLeft = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMaxLeft = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "left_friction" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseLeftFriction = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "up_constraint" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMinUp = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMaxUp = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "up_friction" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseUpFriction = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "forward_constraint" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMinForward = verify_atof( token );
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMaxForward = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "forward_friction" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseForwardFriction = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "base_mass" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMass = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ParseCommonJiggle( jiggleInfo ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone:has_base_spring: invalid syntax '%s'\n", token );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parse parameters for is_boing subsection
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ParseBoing( s_jigglebone_t *jiggleInfo )
|
|
{
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.flags |= JIGGLE_IS_BOING;
|
|
|
|
// default values
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.boingImpactSpeed = 100.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.boingImpactAngle = 0.7071f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.boingDampingRate = 0.25f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.boingFrequency = 30.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.boingAmplitude = 0.35f;
|
|
|
|
bool gotOpenBracket = false;
|
|
while ( true )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetToken( true ) == false )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone:is_boing: parse error\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !stricmp( token, "{" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
gotOpenBracket = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !gotOpenBracket )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone:is_boing: missing '{'\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "}" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// definition complete
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "impact_speed" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.boingImpactSpeed = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "impact_angle" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.boingImpactAngle = cos( DEG2RAD( verify_atof( token ) ) );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "damping_rate" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.boingDampingRate = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "frequency" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.boingFrequency = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "amplitude" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GetToken( false ) )
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.boingAmplitude = verify_atof( token );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parse $jigglebone parameters
|
|
*/
|
|
void Cmd_JiggleBone( void )
|
|
{
|
|
struct s_jigglebone_t *jiggleInfo = &g_jigglebones[ g_numjigglebones ];
|
|
|
|
// bone name
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( jiggleInfo->bonename, token );
|
|
|
|
// default values
|
|
memset( &jiggleInfo->data, 0, sizeof( mstudiojigglebone_t ) );
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.length = 10.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.yawStiffness = 100.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.pitchStiffness = 100.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.alongStiffness = 100.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseStiffness = 100.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMinUp = -100.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMaxUp = 100.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMinLeft = -100.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMaxLeft = 100.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMinForward = -100.0f;
|
|
jiggleInfo->data.baseMaxForward = 100.0f;
|
|
|
|
bool gotOpenBracket = false;
|
|
while (true)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetToken( true ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone: parse error\n" );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!stricmp( token, "{" ))
|
|
{
|
|
gotOpenBracket = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!gotOpenBracket)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone: missing '{'\n" );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "}" ))
|
|
{
|
|
// definition complete
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "is_flexible" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if (ParseFlexibleJiggle( jiggleInfo ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "is_rigid" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if (ParseRigidJiggle( jiggleInfo ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!stricmp( token, "has_base_spring" ))
|
|
{
|
|
if (ParseBaseSpringJiggle( jiggleInfo ) == false)
|
|
{
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !stricmp( token, "is_boing" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ParseBoing( jiggleInfo ) == false )
|
|
{
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "$jigglebone: invalid syntax '%s'\n", token );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!g_quiet)
|
|
Msg( "Marking bone %s as a jiggle bone\n", jiggleInfo->bonename );
|
|
|
|
g_numjigglebones++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: specify bones to store, even if nothing references them
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_IncludeModel( )
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( g_includemodel[g_numincludemodels].name, "models/" );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( g_includemodel[g_numincludemodels].name, token );
|
|
g_numincludemodels++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
=================
|
|
=================
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Grab_Vertexanimation( s_source_t *psource, const char *pAnimName )
|
|
{
|
|
char cmd[1024];
|
|
int index;
|
|
Vector pos;
|
|
Vector normal;
|
|
int t = -1;
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
static s_vertanim_t tmpvanim[MAXSTUDIOVERTS*4];
|
|
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *pAnim = FindSourceAnim( psource, pAnimName );
|
|
if ( !pAnim )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Unknown animation %s(%d) : %s\n", pAnimName, g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (GetLineInput())
|
|
{
|
|
if (sscanf( g_szLine, "%d %f %f %f %f %f %f", &index, &pos[0], &pos[1], &pos[2], &normal[0], &normal[1], &normal[2] ) == 7)
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pAnim->startframe < 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Missing frame start(%d) : %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (t < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "VTA Frame Sync (%d) : %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
tmpvanim[count].vertex = index;
|
|
VectorCopy( pos, tmpvanim[count].pos );
|
|
VectorCopy( normal, tmpvanim[count].normal );
|
|
count++;
|
|
|
|
if ( index >= psource->numvertices )
|
|
{
|
|
psource->numvertices = index + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// flush data
|
|
|
|
if (count)
|
|
{
|
|
pAnim->numvanims[t] = count;
|
|
|
|
pAnim->vanim[t] = (s_vertanim_t *)kalloc( count, sizeof( s_vertanim_t ) );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( pAnim->vanim[t], tmpvanim, count * sizeof( s_vertanim_t ) );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (t > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pAnim->numvanims[t] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// next command
|
|
if (sscanf( g_szLine, "%1023s %d", cmd, &index ))
|
|
{
|
|
if (stricmp( cmd, "time" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
t = index;
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( t < pAnim->startframe )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Frame MdlError(%d) : %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
if ( t > pAnim->endframe )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Frame MdlError(%d) : %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
t -= pAnim->startframe;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !Q_stricmp( cmd, "end" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
pAnim->numframes = pAnim->endframe - pAnim->startframe + 1;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "MdlError(%d) : %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "MdlError(%d) : %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
MdlError( "unexpected EOF: %s\n", psource->filename );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool GetGlobalFilePath( const char *pSrc, char *pFullPath, int nMaxLen )
|
|
{
|
|
char pFileName[1024];
|
|
Q_strncpy( pFileName, ExpandPath( (char*)pSrc ), sizeof(pFileName) );
|
|
|
|
// This is kinda gross. . . doing the same work in cmdlib on SafeOpenRead.
|
|
int nPathLength;
|
|
if( CmdLib_HasBasePath( pFileName, nPathLength ) )
|
|
{
|
|
char tmp[1024];
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
int nNumBasePaths = CmdLib_GetNumBasePaths();
|
|
for( i = 0; i < nNumBasePaths; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( tmp, CmdLib_GetBasePath( i ) );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( tmp, pFileName + nPathLength );
|
|
|
|
struct _stat buf;
|
|
int rt = _stat( tmp, &buf );
|
|
if ( rt != -1 && ( buf.st_size > 0 ) && ( ( buf.st_mode & _S_IFDIR ) == 0 ) )
|
|
{
|
|
Q_strncpy( pFullPath, tmp, nMaxLen );
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct _stat buf;
|
|
int rt = _stat( pFileName, &buf );
|
|
if ( rt != -1 && ( buf.st_size > 0 ) && ( ( buf.st_mode & _S_IFDIR ) == 0 ) )
|
|
{
|
|
Q_strncpy( pFullPath, pFileName, nMaxLen );
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int OpenGlobalFile( char *src )
|
|
{
|
|
int time1;
|
|
char filename[1024];
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( filename, ExpandPath( src ) );
|
|
|
|
int pathLength;
|
|
int numBasePaths = CmdLib_GetNumBasePaths();
|
|
// This is kinda gross. . . doing the same work in cmdlib on SafeOpenRead.
|
|
if( CmdLib_HasBasePath( filename, pathLength ) )
|
|
{
|
|
char tmp[1024];
|
|
int i;
|
|
for( i = 0; i < numBasePaths; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( tmp, CmdLib_GetBasePath( i ) );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( tmp, filename + pathLength );
|
|
if( g_bCreateMakefile )
|
|
{
|
|
CreateMakefile_AddDependency( tmp );
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
time1 = FileTime( tmp );
|
|
if( time1 != -1 )
|
|
{
|
|
if ((g_fpInput = fopen(tmp, "r" ) ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning( "reader: could not open file '%s'\n", src );
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
time1 = FileTime (filename);
|
|
if (time1 == -1)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if( g_bCreateMakefile )
|
|
{
|
|
CreateMakefile_AddDependency( filename );
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((g_fpInput = fopen(filename, "r" ) ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning( "reader: could not open file '%s'\n", src );
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int Load_VTA( s_source_t *psource )
|
|
{
|
|
char cmd[1024];
|
|
int option;
|
|
|
|
if (!OpenGlobalFile( psource->filename ))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (!g_quiet)
|
|
printf ("VTA MODEL %s\n", psource->filename);
|
|
|
|
g_iLinecount = 0;
|
|
while (GetLineInput())
|
|
{
|
|
g_iLinecount++;
|
|
sscanf( g_szLine, "%s %d", cmd, &option );
|
|
if (stricmp( cmd, "version" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (option != 1)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError("bad version\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( cmd, "nodes" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
psource->numbones = Grab_Nodes( psource->localBone );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( cmd, "skeleton" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Grab_Animation( psource, "VertexAnimation" );
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( cmd, "vertexanimation" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Grab_Vertexanimation( psource, "VertexAnimation" );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning("unknown studio command \"%s\"\n", cmd );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
fclose( g_fpInput );
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Grab_AxisInterpBones( )
|
|
{
|
|
char cmd[1024], tmp[1025];
|
|
Vector basepos;
|
|
s_axisinterpbone_t *pAxis = NULL;
|
|
s_axisinterpbone_t *pBone = &g_axisinterpbones[g_numaxisinterpbones];
|
|
|
|
while (GetLineInput())
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsEnd( g_szLine ))
|
|
{
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
int i = sscanf( g_szLine, "%1023s \"%[^\"]\" \"%[^\"]\" \"%[^\"]\" \"%[^\"]\" %d", cmd, pBone->bonename, tmp, pBone->controlname, tmp, &pBone->axis );
|
|
if (i == 6 && stricmp( cmd, "bone") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// printf( "\"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"\n", cmd, pBone->bonename, tmp, pBone->controlname );
|
|
pAxis = pBone;
|
|
pBone->axis = pBone->axis - 1; // MAX uses 1..3, engine 0..2
|
|
g_numaxisinterpbones++;
|
|
pBone = &g_axisinterpbones[g_numaxisinterpbones];
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( cmd, "display" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// skip all display info
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( cmd, "type" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// skip all type info
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( cmd, "basepos" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
i = sscanf( g_szLine, "basepos %f %f %f", &basepos.x, &basepos.y, &basepos.z );
|
|
// skip all type info
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( cmd, "axis" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Vector pos;
|
|
QAngle rot;
|
|
int j;
|
|
i = sscanf( g_szLine, "axis %d %f %f %f %f %f %f", &j, &pos[0], &pos[1], &pos[2], &rot[2], &rot[0], &rot[1] );
|
|
if (i == 7)
|
|
{
|
|
VectorAdd( basepos, pos, pAxis->pos[j] );
|
|
AngleQuaternion( rot, pAxis->quat[j] );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool Grab_AimAtBones( )
|
|
{
|
|
s_aimatbone_t *pAimAtBone( &g_aimatbones[g_numaimatbones] );
|
|
|
|
// Already know it's <aimconstraint> in the first string, otherwise wouldn't be here
|
|
if ( sscanf( g_szLine, "%*s %127s %127s %127s", pAimAtBone->bonename, pAimAtBone->parentname, pAimAtBone->aimname ) == 3 )
|
|
{
|
|
g_numaimatbones++;
|
|
|
|
char cmd[1024];
|
|
Vector vector;
|
|
|
|
while ( GetLineInput() )
|
|
{
|
|
g_iLinecount++;
|
|
|
|
if (IsEnd( g_szLine ))
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( sscanf( g_szLine, "%1024s %f %f %f", cmd, &vector[0], &vector[1], &vector[2] ) != 4 )
|
|
{
|
|
// Allow blank lines to be skipped without error
|
|
bool allSpace( true );
|
|
for ( const char *pC( g_szLine ); *pC != '\0' && pC < ( g_szLine + 4096 ); ++pC )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !V_isspace( *pC ) )
|
|
{
|
|
allSpace = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( allSpace )
|
|
{
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( stricmp( cmd, "<aimvector>" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// Make sure these are unit length on read
|
|
VectorNormalize( vector );
|
|
pAimAtBone->aimvector = vector;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( stricmp( cmd, "<upvector>" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// Make sure these are unit length on read
|
|
VectorNormalize( vector );
|
|
pAimAtBone->upvector = vector;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( stricmp( cmd, "<basepos>" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pAimAtBone->basepos = vector;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we get here, we're at EOF
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Grab_QuatInterpBones( )
|
|
{
|
|
char cmd[1024];
|
|
Vector basepos;
|
|
RadianEuler rotateaxis( 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f );
|
|
RadianEuler jointorient( 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f );
|
|
s_quatinterpbone_t *pAxis = NULL;
|
|
s_quatinterpbone_t *pBone = &g_quatinterpbones[g_numquatinterpbones];
|
|
|
|
while (GetLineInput())
|
|
{
|
|
g_iLinecount++;
|
|
if (IsEnd( g_szLine ))
|
|
{
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int i = sscanf( g_szLine, "%s %s %s %s %s", cmd, pBone->bonename, pBone->parentname, pBone->controlparentname, pBone->controlname );
|
|
|
|
while ( i == 4 && stricmp( cmd, "<aimconstraint>" ) == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
// If Grab_AimAtBones() returns false, there file is at EOF
|
|
if ( !Grab_AimAtBones() )
|
|
{
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Grab_AimAtBones will read input into g_szLine same as here until it gets a line it doesn't understand, at which point
|
|
// it will exit leaving that line in g_szLine, so check for the end and scan the current buffer again and continue on with
|
|
// the normal QuatInterpBones process
|
|
|
|
i = sscanf( g_szLine, "%s %s %s %s %s", cmd, pBone->bonename, pBone->parentname, pBone->controlparentname, pBone->controlname );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i == 5 && stricmp( cmd, "<helper>") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// printf( "\"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"\n", cmd, pBone->bonename, tmp, pBone->controlname );
|
|
pAxis = pBone;
|
|
g_numquatinterpbones++;
|
|
pBone = &g_quatinterpbones[g_numquatinterpbones];
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( i > 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
// There was a bug before which could cause the same command to be parsed twice
|
|
// because if the sscanf above completely fails, it will return 0 and not
|
|
// change the contents of cmd, so i should be greater than 0 in order for
|
|
// any of these checks to be valid... Still kind of buggy as these checks
|
|
// do case insensitive stricmp but then the sscanf does case sensitive
|
|
// matching afterwards... Should probably change those to
|
|
// sscanf( g_szLine, "%*s %f ... ) etc...
|
|
|
|
if ( stricmp( cmd, "<display>" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// skip all display info
|
|
Vector size;
|
|
float distance;
|
|
|
|
i = sscanf( g_szLine, "<display> %f %f %f %f",
|
|
&size[0], &size[1], &size[2],
|
|
&distance );
|
|
|
|
if (i == 4)
|
|
{
|
|
pAxis->percentage = distance / 100.0;
|
|
pAxis->size = size;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Line %d: Unable to parse procedual <display> bone: %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( stricmp( cmd, "<basepos>" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
i = sscanf( g_szLine, "<basepos> %f %f %f", &basepos.x, &basepos.y, &basepos.z );
|
|
// skip all type info
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( stricmp( cmd, "<rotateaxis>" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
i = sscanf( g_szLine, "%*s %f %f %f", &rotateaxis.x, &rotateaxis.y, &rotateaxis.z );
|
|
rotateaxis.x = DEG2RAD( rotateaxis.x );
|
|
rotateaxis.y = DEG2RAD( rotateaxis.y );
|
|
rotateaxis.z = DEG2RAD( rotateaxis.z );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( stricmp( cmd, "<jointorient>" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
i = sscanf( g_szLine, "%*s %f %f %f", &jointorient.x, &jointorient.y, &jointorient.z );
|
|
jointorient.x = DEG2RAD( jointorient.x );
|
|
jointorient.y = DEG2RAD( jointorient.y );
|
|
jointorient.z = DEG2RAD( jointorient.z );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( stricmp( cmd, "<trigger>" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
float tolerance;
|
|
RadianEuler trigger;
|
|
Vector pos;
|
|
RadianEuler ang;
|
|
|
|
QAngle rot;
|
|
int j;
|
|
i = sscanf( g_szLine, "<trigger> %f %f %f %f %f %f %f %f %f %f",
|
|
&tolerance,
|
|
&trigger.x, &trigger.y, &trigger.z,
|
|
&ang.x, &ang.y, &ang.z,
|
|
&pos.x, &pos.y, &pos.z );
|
|
|
|
if (i == 10)
|
|
{
|
|
trigger.x = DEG2RAD( trigger.x );
|
|
trigger.y = DEG2RAD( trigger.y );
|
|
trigger.z = DEG2RAD( trigger.z );
|
|
ang.x = DEG2RAD( ang.x );
|
|
ang.y = DEG2RAD( ang.y );
|
|
ang.z = DEG2RAD( ang.z );
|
|
|
|
Quaternion q;
|
|
AngleQuaternion( ang, q );
|
|
|
|
if ( rotateaxis.x != 0.0 || rotateaxis.y != 0.0 || rotateaxis.z != 0.0 )
|
|
{
|
|
Quaternion q1;
|
|
Quaternion q2;
|
|
AngleQuaternion( rotateaxis, q1 );
|
|
QuaternionMult( q1, q, q2 );
|
|
q = q2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( jointorient.x != 0.0 || jointorient.y != 0.0 || jointorient.z != 0.0 )
|
|
{
|
|
Quaternion q1;
|
|
Quaternion q2;
|
|
AngleQuaternion( jointorient, q1 );
|
|
QuaternionMult( q, q1, q2 );
|
|
q = q2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
j = pAxis->numtriggers++;
|
|
pAxis->tolerance[j] = DEG2RAD( tolerance );
|
|
AngleQuaternion( trigger, pAxis->trigger[j] );
|
|
VectorAdd( basepos, pos, pAxis->pos[j] );
|
|
pAxis->quat[j] = q;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Line %d: Unable to parse procedual <trigger> bone: %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Line %d: Unable to parse procedual bone data: %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Allow blank lines to be skipped without error
|
|
bool allSpace( true );
|
|
for ( const char *pC( g_szLine ); *pC != '\0' && pC < ( g_szLine + 4096 ); ++pC )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !V_isspace( *pC ) )
|
|
{
|
|
allSpace = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !allSpace )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Line %d: Unable to parse procedual bone data: %s", g_iLinecount, g_szLine );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Load_ProceduralBones( )
|
|
{
|
|
char filename[256];
|
|
char cmd[1024];
|
|
int option;
|
|
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( filename, token );
|
|
|
|
if (!OpenGlobalFile( filename ))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
g_iLinecount = 0;
|
|
|
|
char ext[32];
|
|
Q_ExtractFileExtension( filename, ext, sizeof( ext ) );
|
|
|
|
if (stricmp( ext, "vrd") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Grab_QuatInterpBones( );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
while (GetLineInput())
|
|
{
|
|
g_iLinecount++;
|
|
sscanf( g_szLine, "%s %d", cmd, &option );
|
|
if (stricmp( cmd, "version" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (option != 1)
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError("bad version\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( cmd, "proceduralbones" ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Grab_AxisInterpBones( );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
fclose( g_fpInput );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_CD()
|
|
{
|
|
if (cdset)
|
|
MdlError ("Two $cd in one model");
|
|
cdset = true;
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
V_strcpy_safe (cddir[0], token);
|
|
V_strcat_safe (cddir[0], "/" );
|
|
numdirs = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_CDMaterials()
|
|
{
|
|
while (TokenAvailable())
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
|
|
char szPath[512];
|
|
Q_strncpy( szPath, token, sizeof( szPath ) );
|
|
|
|
int len = strlen( szPath );
|
|
if ( len > 0 && szPath[len-1] != '/' && szPath[len-1] != '\\' )
|
|
{
|
|
Q_strncat( szPath, "/", sizeof( szPath ), COPY_ALL_CHARACTERS );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Q_FixSlashes( szPath );
|
|
cdtextures[numcdtextures] = strdup( szPath );
|
|
numcdtextures++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Pushd()
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( cddir[numdirs+1], cddir[numdirs] );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( cddir[numdirs+1], token );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( cddir[numdirs+1], "/" );
|
|
numdirs++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_Popd()
|
|
{
|
|
if (numdirs > 0)
|
|
numdirs--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_CollisionModel()
|
|
{
|
|
DoCollisionModel( false );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_CollisionJoints()
|
|
{
|
|
DoCollisionModel( true );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_ExternalTextures()
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning( "ignoring $externaltextures, obsolete..." );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_ClipToTextures()
|
|
{
|
|
clip_texcoords = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_CollapseBones()
|
|
{
|
|
g_collapse_bones = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_CollapseBonesAggressive()
|
|
{
|
|
g_collapse_bones = true;
|
|
g_collapse_bones_aggressive = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_AlwaysCollapse()
|
|
{
|
|
g_collapse_bones = true;
|
|
GetToken(false);
|
|
g_collapse.AddToTail( strdup( token ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_CalcTransitions()
|
|
{
|
|
g_bMultistageGraph = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_StaticProp()
|
|
{
|
|
g_staticprop = true;
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_STATIC_PROP;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_ZBrush()
|
|
{
|
|
g_bZBrush = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_RealignBones()
|
|
{
|
|
g_realignbones = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_BaseLOD()
|
|
{
|
|
Cmd_LOD( "$lod" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_KeyValues()
|
|
{
|
|
Option_KeyValues( &g_KeyValueText );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_ConstDirectionalLight()
|
|
{
|
|
gflags |= STUDIOHDR_FLAGS_CONSTANT_DIRECTIONAL_LIGHT_DOT;
|
|
|
|
GetToken (false);
|
|
g_constdirectionalightdot = (byte)( verify_atof(token) * 255.0f );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_MinLOD()
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
g_minLod = atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// "minlod" rules over "allowrootlods"
|
|
if ( g_numAllowedRootLODs > 0 && g_numAllowedRootLODs < g_minLod )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning( "$minlod %d overrides $allowrootlods %d, proceeding with $allowrootlods %d.\n", g_minLod, g_numAllowedRootLODs, g_minLod );
|
|
g_numAllowedRootLODs = g_minLod;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_AllowRootLODs()
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
g_numAllowedRootLODs = atoi( token );
|
|
|
|
// Root LOD restriction has to obey "minlod" request
|
|
if ( g_numAllowedRootLODs > 0 && g_numAllowedRootLODs < g_minLod )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlWarning( "$allowrootlods %d is conflicting with $minlod %d, proceeding with $allowrootlods %d.\n", g_numAllowedRootLODs, g_minLod, g_minLod );
|
|
g_numAllowedRootLODs = g_minLod;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Cmd_BoneSaveFrame( )
|
|
{
|
|
s_bonesaveframe_t tmp;
|
|
|
|
// bone name
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( tmp.name, token );
|
|
|
|
tmp.bSavePos = false;
|
|
tmp.bSaveRot = false;
|
|
while (TokenAvailable( ))
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken( false );
|
|
if (stricmp( "position", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
tmp.bSavePos = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (stricmp( "rotation", token ) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
tmp.bSaveRot = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "unknown option \"%s\" on $bonesaveframe : %s\n", token, tmp.name );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_bonesaveframe.AddToTail( tmp );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// This is the master list of the commands a QC file supports.
|
|
// To add a new command to the QC files, add it here.
|
|
//
|
|
struct
|
|
{
|
|
char *m_pName;
|
|
void (*m_pCmd)();
|
|
} g_Commands[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{ "$cd", Cmd_CD },
|
|
{ "$modelname", Cmd_Modelname },
|
|
{ "$cdmaterials", Cmd_CDMaterials },
|
|
{ "$pushd", Cmd_Pushd },
|
|
{ "$popd", Cmd_Popd },
|
|
{ "$scale", Cmd_ScaleUp },
|
|
{ "$root", Cmd_Root },
|
|
{ "$controller", Cmd_Controller },
|
|
{ "$screenalign", Cmd_ScreenAlign },
|
|
{ "$model", Cmd_Model },
|
|
{ "$collisionmodel", Cmd_CollisionModel },
|
|
{ "$collisionjoints", Cmd_CollisionJoints },
|
|
{ "$collisiontext", Cmd_CollisionText },
|
|
{ "$body", Cmd_Body },
|
|
{ "$bodygroup", Cmd_Bodygroup },
|
|
{ "$animation", Cmd_Animation },
|
|
{ "$autocenter", Cmd_Autocenter },
|
|
{ "$sequence", Cmd_Sequence },
|
|
{ "$append", Cmd_Append },
|
|
{ "$prepend", Cmd_Prepend },
|
|
{ "$continue", Cmd_Continue },
|
|
{ "$declaresequence", Cmd_DeclareSequence },
|
|
{ "$declareanimation", Cmd_DeclareAnimation },
|
|
{ "$cmdlist", Cmd_Cmdlist },
|
|
{ "$animblocksize", Cmd_AnimBlockSize },
|
|
{ "$weightlist", Cmd_Weightlist },
|
|
{ "$defaultweightlist", Cmd_DefaultWeightlist },
|
|
{ "$ikchain", Cmd_IKChain },
|
|
{ "$ikautoplaylock", Cmd_IKAutoplayLock },
|
|
{ "$eyeposition", Cmd_Eyeposition },
|
|
{ "$illumposition", Cmd_Illumposition },
|
|
{ "$origin", Cmd_Origin },
|
|
{ "$upaxis", Cmd_UpAxis },
|
|
{ "$bbox", Cmd_BBox },
|
|
{ "$cbox", Cmd_CBox },
|
|
{ "$gamma", Cmd_Gamma },
|
|
{ "$texturegroup", Cmd_TextureGroup },
|
|
{ "$hgroup", Cmd_Hitgroup },
|
|
{ "$hbox", Cmd_Hitbox },
|
|
{ "$hboxset", Cmd_HitboxSet },
|
|
{ "$surfaceprop", Cmd_SurfaceProp },
|
|
{ "$jointsurfaceprop", Cmd_JointSurfaceProp },
|
|
{ "$contents", Cmd_Contents },
|
|
{ "$jointcontents", Cmd_JointContents },
|
|
{ "$attachment", Cmd_Attachment },
|
|
{ "$bonemerge", Cmd_BoneMerge },
|
|
{ "$externaltextures", Cmd_ExternalTextures },
|
|
{ "$cliptotextures", Cmd_ClipToTextures },
|
|
{ "$renamebone", Cmd_Renamebone },
|
|
{ "$collapsebones", Cmd_CollapseBones },
|
|
{ "$collapsebonesaggressive", Cmd_CollapseBonesAggressive },
|
|
{ "$alwayscollapse", Cmd_AlwaysCollapse },
|
|
{ "$proceduralbones", Load_ProceduralBones },
|
|
{ "$skiptransition", Cmd_Skiptransition },
|
|
{ "$calctransitions", Cmd_CalcTransitions },
|
|
{ "$staticprop", Cmd_StaticProp },
|
|
{ "$zbrush", Cmd_ZBrush },
|
|
{ "$realignbones", Cmd_RealignBones },
|
|
{ "$forcerealign", Cmd_ForceRealign },
|
|
{ "$lod", Cmd_BaseLOD },
|
|
{ "$shadowlod", Cmd_ShadowLOD },
|
|
{ "$poseparameter", Cmd_PoseParameter },
|
|
{ "$heirarchy", Cmd_ForcedHierarchy },
|
|
{ "$hierarchy", Cmd_ForcedHierarchy },
|
|
{ "$insertbone", Cmd_InsertHierarchy },
|
|
{ "$limitrotation", Cmd_LimitRotation },
|
|
{ "$definebone", Cmd_DefineBone },
|
|
{ "$jigglebone", Cmd_JiggleBone },
|
|
{ "$includemodel", Cmd_IncludeModel },
|
|
{ "$opaque", Cmd_Opaque },
|
|
{ "$mostlyopaque", Cmd_TranslucentTwoPass },
|
|
// { "$platform", Cmd_Platform },
|
|
{ "$keyvalues", Cmd_KeyValues },
|
|
{ "$obsolete", Cmd_Obsolete },
|
|
{ "$renamematerial", Cmd_RenameMaterial },
|
|
{ "$fakevta", Cmd_FakeVTA },
|
|
{ "$noforcedfade", Cmd_NoForcedFade },
|
|
{ "$skipboneinbbox", Cmd_SkipBoneInBBox },
|
|
{ "$forcephonemecrossfade", Cmd_ForcePhonemeCrossfade },
|
|
{ "$lockbonelengths", Cmd_LockBoneLengths },
|
|
{ "$unlockdefinebones", Cmd_UnlockDefineBones },
|
|
{ "$constantdirectionallight", Cmd_ConstDirectionalLight },
|
|
{ "$minlod", Cmd_MinLOD },
|
|
{ "$allowrootlods", Cmd_AllowRootLODs },
|
|
{ "$bonesaveframe", Cmd_BoneSaveFrame },
|
|
{ "$ambientboost", Cmd_AmbientBoost },
|
|
{ "$centerbonesonverts", Cmd_CenterBonesOnVerts },
|
|
{ "$donotcastshadows", Cmd_DoNotCastShadows },
|
|
{ "$casttextureshadows", Cmd_CastTextureShadows },
|
|
{ "$motionrollback", Cmd_MotionExtractionRollBack },
|
|
{ "$sectionframes", Cmd_SectionFrames },
|
|
{ "$clampworldspace", Cmd_ClampWorldspace },
|
|
{ "$maxeyedeflection", Cmd_MaxEyeDeflection },
|
|
{ "$boneflexdriver", Cmd_BoneFlexDriver },
|
|
{ "$checkuv", Cmd_CheckUV }
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
===============
|
|
ParseScript
|
|
===============
|
|
*/
|
|
void ParseScript (void)
|
|
{
|
|
while (1)
|
|
{
|
|
GetToken (true);
|
|
if (endofscript)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Check all the commands we know about.
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i=0; i < ARRAYSIZE( g_Commands ); i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !stricmp( g_Commands[i].m_pName, token ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_Commands[i].m_pCmd();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( i == ARRAYSIZE( g_Commands ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if( !g_bCreateMakefile )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError("bad command %s\n", token);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Generate the model name
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
bool GenerateModelName( CDmeMDLMakefile *pMDLMakeFile )
|
|
{
|
|
// The model name is implicit in the makefile name
|
|
// NOTE: Model name is relative to the 'models' directory
|
|
char pOutputFullPath[MAX_PATH];
|
|
pMDLMakeFile->GetOutputName( pOutputFullPath, sizeof(pOutputFullPath) );
|
|
Q_SetExtension( pOutputFullPath, ".mdl", sizeof( pOutputFullPath) );
|
|
|
|
char pModelSubDir[MAX_PATH];
|
|
GetModSubdirectory( "models", pModelSubDir, sizeof(pModelSubDir) );
|
|
|
|
char pRelativePath[MAX_PATH];
|
|
if ( !Q_MakeRelativePath( pOutputFullPath, pModelSubDir, pRelativePath, sizeof(pRelativePath) ) )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Makefile \"%s\" doesn't lie under the correct vproject \"%s\"!\n",
|
|
pOutputFullPath, pModelSubDir );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ProcessModelName( pRelativePath );
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Process skins
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
bool GenerateSkin( CDmeMDLMakefile *pMDLMakeFile )
|
|
{
|
|
CUtlVector< CDmeHandle< CDmeSourceSkin > > bodies;
|
|
pMDLMakeFile->GetSources< CDmeSourceSkin >( bodies );
|
|
int nCount = bodies.Count();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !bodies[i] )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
char pFullPath[MAX_PATH];
|
|
pMDLMakeFile->GetSourceFullPath( bodies[i], pFullPath, sizeof(pFullPath) );
|
|
|
|
// Empty strings are ignored
|
|
if ( !pFullPath[0] )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
ProcessCmdBody( pFullPath, bodies[i] );
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Process animations
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
bool GenerateAnimations( CDmeMDLMakefile *pMDLMakeFile )
|
|
{
|
|
CUtlVector< CDmeHandle< CDmeSourceAnimation > > animationFiles;
|
|
pMDLMakeFile->GetSources< CDmeSourceAnimation >( animationFiles );
|
|
|
|
int nCount = animationFiles.Count();
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < nCount; ++i )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !animationFiles[i] )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
char pFullPath[MAX_PATH];
|
|
pMDLMakeFile->GetSourceFullPath( animationFiles[i], pFullPath, sizeof(pFullPath) );
|
|
|
|
// Empty strings are ignored
|
|
if ( !pFullPath[0] )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
// Totally spoof the animation info.. not sure where to get it from yet
|
|
// assume it's an animation reference
|
|
// first look up an existing animation
|
|
s_sequence_t *pseq = ProcessCmdSequence( animationFiles[i]->m_AnimationName );
|
|
if ( !pseq )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
int n;
|
|
s_animation_t *animations[64];
|
|
int numblends = 0;
|
|
for ( n = 0; n < g_numani; n++ )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pFullPath, g_panimation[n]->name ) )
|
|
{
|
|
animations[numblends++] = g_panimation[n];
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( n >= g_numani )
|
|
{
|
|
// assume it's an implied animation
|
|
animations[numblends++] = Cmd_ImpliedAnimation( pseq, pFullPath );
|
|
}
|
|
// hack to allow animation commands to refer to same sequence
|
|
if ( numblends == 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
pseq->panim[0][0] = animations[0];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Look up the source animation from the animation name
|
|
for ( int j = 0; j < numblends; ++j )
|
|
{
|
|
s_sourceanim_t *pSourceAnim = FindSourceAnim( animations[j]->source, animationFiles[i]->m_SourceAnimationName );
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: This always affects the first source anim read in
|
|
if ( pSourceAnim )
|
|
{
|
|
animations[j]->startframe = pSourceAnim->startframe;
|
|
animations[j]->endframe = pSourceAnim->endframe;
|
|
|
|
if ( !g_bCreateMakefile && animations[j]->endframe < animations[j]->startframe )
|
|
{
|
|
TokenError( "end frame before start frame in %s", animations[j]->name );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
animations[j]->numframes = animations[j]->endframe - animations[j]->startframe + 1;
|
|
Q_strncpy( animations[j]->animationname, animationFiles[i]->m_SourceAnimationName, sizeof(animations[j]->animationname) );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Requested unknown animation block name %s\n", animationFiles[i]->m_SourceAnimationName.Get() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ProcessSequence( pseq, numblends, animations, false );
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Parse the MDL makefile
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void ParseMDLMakeFile( CDmeMDLMakefile *pMDLMakeFile )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !GenerateModelName( pMDLMakeFile ) )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// All DMX files have Y as the up axis
|
|
RadianEuler angles( M_PI / 2.0f, 0.0f, M_PI / 2.0f );
|
|
ProcessUpAxis( angles );
|
|
|
|
// Process bodies
|
|
if ( !GenerateSkin( pMDLMakeFile ) )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Process animations
|
|
if ( !GenerateAnimations( pMDLMakeFile ) )
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Used by the CheckSurfaceProps.py script.
|
|
// They specify the .mdl file and it prints out all the surface props that the model uses.
|
|
bool HandlePrintSurfaceProps( int &returnValue )
|
|
{
|
|
const char *pFilename = CommandLine()->ParmValue( "-PrintSurfaceProps", (const char*)NULL );
|
|
if ( pFilename )
|
|
{
|
|
CUtlVector<char> buf;
|
|
|
|
FILE *fp = fopen( pFilename, "rb" );
|
|
if ( fp )
|
|
{
|
|
fseek( fp, 0, SEEK_END );
|
|
buf.SetSize( ftell( fp ) );
|
|
fseek( fp, 0, SEEK_SET );
|
|
fread( buf.Base(), 1, buf.Count(), fp );
|
|
|
|
fclose( fp );
|
|
|
|
studiohdr_t *pHdr = (studiohdr_t*)buf.Base();
|
|
|
|
Studio_ConvertStudioHdrToNewVersion( pHdr );
|
|
|
|
if ( pHdr->version == STUDIO_VERSION )
|
|
{
|
|
for ( int i=0; i < pHdr->numbones; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
mstudiobone_t *pBone = pHdr->pBone( i );
|
|
printf( "%s\n", pBone->pszSurfaceProp() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
returnValue = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "-PrintSurfaceProps: '%s' is wrong version (%d should be %d).\n",
|
|
pFilename, pHdr->version, STUDIO_VERSION );
|
|
returnValue = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "-PrintSurfaceProps: can't open '%s'\n", pFilename );
|
|
returnValue = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Used by the modelstats.pl script.
|
|
// They specify the .mdl file and it prints out perf info.
|
|
bool HandleMdlReport( int &returnValue )
|
|
{
|
|
const char *pFilename = CommandLine()->ParmValue( "-mdlreport", (const char*)NULL );
|
|
if ( pFilename )
|
|
{
|
|
CUtlVector<char> buf;
|
|
|
|
FILE *fp = fopen( pFilename, "rb" );
|
|
if ( fp )
|
|
{
|
|
fseek( fp, 0, SEEK_END );
|
|
buf.SetSize( ftell( fp ) );
|
|
fseek( fp, 0, SEEK_SET );
|
|
fread( buf.Base(), 1, buf.Count(), fp );
|
|
|
|
fclose( fp );
|
|
|
|
studiohdr_t *pHdr = (studiohdr_t*)buf.Base();
|
|
|
|
Studio_ConvertStudioHdrToNewVersion( pHdr );
|
|
|
|
if ( pHdr->version == STUDIO_VERSION )
|
|
{
|
|
int flags = SPEWPERFSTATS_SHOWPERF;
|
|
if( CommandLine()->CheckParm( "-mdlreportspreadsheet", NULL ) )
|
|
{
|
|
flags |= SPEWPERFSTATS_SPREADSHEET;
|
|
}
|
|
SpewPerfStats( pHdr, pFilename, flags );
|
|
|
|
returnValue = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "-mdlreport: '%s' is wrong version (%d should be %d).\n",
|
|
pFilename, pHdr->version, STUDIO_VERSION );
|
|
returnValue = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "-mdlreport: can't open '%s'\n", pFilename );
|
|
returnValue = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void UsageAndExit()
|
|
{
|
|
MdlError( "Bad or missing options\n"
|
|
"usage: studiomdl [options] <file.qc>\n"
|
|
"options:\n"
|
|
"[-a <normal_blend_angle>]\n"
|
|
"[-checklengths]\n"
|
|
"[-d] - dump glview files\n"
|
|
"[-definebones]\n"
|
|
"[-f] - flip all triangles\n"
|
|
"[-fullcollide] - don't truncate really big collisionmodels\n"
|
|
"[-game <gamedir>]\n"
|
|
"[-h] - dump hboxes\n"
|
|
"[-i] - ignore warnings\n"
|
|
"[-minlod <lod>] - truncate to highest detail <lod>\n"
|
|
"[-n] - tag bad normals\n"
|
|
"[-perf] report perf info upon compiling model\n"
|
|
"[-printbones]\n"
|
|
"[-printgraph]\n"
|
|
"[-quiet] - operate silently\n"
|
|
"[-r] - tag reversed\n"
|
|
"[-t <texture>]\n"
|
|
"[-x360] - generate xbox360 output\n"
|
|
"[-nox360] - disable xbox360 output(default)\n"
|
|
"[-nowarnings] - disable warnings\n"
|
|
"[-dumpmaterials] - dump out material names\n"
|
|
"[-mdlreport] model.mdl - report perf info\n"
|
|
"[-mdlreportspreadsheet] - report perf info as a comma-delimited spreadsheet\n"
|
|
"[-striplods] - use only lod0\n"
|
|
"[-overridedefinebones] - equivalent to specifying $unlockdefinebones in .qc file\n"
|
|
"[-stripmodel] - process binary model files and strip extra lod data\n"
|
|
"[-stripvhv] - strip hardware verts to match the stripped model\n"
|
|
"[-vsi] - generate stripping information .vsi file - can be used on .mdl files too\n"
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifndef _DEBUG
|
|
|
|
LONG __stdcall VExceptionFilter( struct _EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ExceptionInfo )
|
|
{
|
|
MdlExceptionFilter( ExceptionInfo->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionCode );
|
|
return EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER; // (never gets here anyway)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
/*
|
|
==============
|
|
main
|
|
==============
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// The application object
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
class CStudioMDLApp : public CDefaultAppSystemGroup< CSteamAppSystemGroup >
|
|
{
|
|
typedef CDefaultAppSystemGroup< CSteamAppSystemGroup > BaseClass;
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
// Methods of IApplication
|
|
virtual bool Create();
|
|
virtual bool PreInit( );
|
|
virtual int Main();
|
|
virtual void PostShutdown();
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
int Main_StripModel();
|
|
int Main_StripVhv();
|
|
int Main_MakeVsi();
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
bool ParseArguments();
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static bool CStudioMDLApp_SuggestGameInfoDirFn( CFSSteamSetupInfo const *pFsSteamSetupInfo, char *pchPathBuffer, int nBufferLength, bool *pbBubbleDirectories )
|
|
{
|
|
const char *pProcessFileName = NULL;
|
|
int nParmCount = CommandLine()->ParmCount();
|
|
if ( nParmCount > 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
pProcessFileName = CommandLine()->GetParm( nParmCount - 1 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pProcessFileName )
|
|
{
|
|
Q_MakeAbsolutePath( pchPathBuffer, nBufferLength, pProcessFileName );
|
|
|
|
if ( pbBubbleDirectories )
|
|
*pbBubbleDirectories = true;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int main( int argc, char **argv )
|
|
{
|
|
SetSuggestGameInfoDirFn( CStudioMDLApp_SuggestGameInfoDirFn );
|
|
|
|
CStudioMDLApp s_ApplicationObject;
|
|
CSteamApplication s_SteamApplicationObject( &s_ApplicationObject );
|
|
return AppMain( argc, argv, &s_SteamApplicationObject );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// The application object
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
bool CStudioMDLApp::Create()
|
|
{
|
|
InstallSpewFunction();
|
|
// override the default spew function
|
|
SpewOutputFunc( MdlSpewOutputFunc );
|
|
|
|
MathLib_Init( 2.2f, 2.2f, 0.0f, 2.0f, false, false, false, false );
|
|
|
|
#ifndef _DEBUG
|
|
SetUnhandledExceptionFilter( VExceptionFilter );
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if ( CommandLine()->ParmCount() == 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
UsageAndExit();
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int nReturnValue;
|
|
if ( HandlePrintSurfaceProps( nReturnValue ) )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if ( !ParseArguments() )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
AppSystemInfo_t appSystems[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{ "vstdlib.dll", PROCESS_UTILS_INTERFACE_VERSION },
|
|
{ "materialsystem.dll", MATERIAL_SYSTEM_INTERFACE_VERSION },
|
|
{ "studiorender.dll", STUDIO_RENDER_INTERFACE_VERSION },
|
|
{ "mdllib.dll", MDLLIB_INTERFACE_VERSION },
|
|
{ "", "" } // Required to terminate the list
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
AddSystem( g_pDataModel, VDATAMODEL_INTERFACE_VERSION );
|
|
AddSystem( g_pDmElementFramework, VDMELEMENTFRAMEWORK_VERSION );
|
|
AddSystem( g_pDmSerializers, DMSERIALIZERS_INTERFACE_VERSION );
|
|
|
|
// Add in the locally-defined studio data cache
|
|
AppModule_t studioDataCacheModule = LoadModule( Sys_GetFactoryThis() );
|
|
AddSystem( studioDataCacheModule, STUDIO_DATA_CACHE_INTERFACE_VERSION );
|
|
|
|
// Add the P4 module separately so that if it is absent (say in the SDK) then the other system will initialize properly
|
|
if ( !CommandLine()->FindParm( "-nop4" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
AppModule_t p4Module = LoadModule( "p4lib.dll" );
|
|
AddSystem( p4Module, P4_INTERFACE_VERSION );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool bOk = AddSystems( appSystems );
|
|
if ( !bOk )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
IMaterialSystem *pMaterialSystem = (IMaterialSystem*)FindSystem( MATERIAL_SYSTEM_INTERFACE_VERSION );
|
|
if ( !pMaterialSystem )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
pMaterialSystem->SetShaderAPI( "shaderapiempty.dll" );
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool CStudioMDLApp::PreInit( )
|
|
{
|
|
CreateInterfaceFn factory = GetFactory();
|
|
ConnectTier1Libraries( &factory, 1 );
|
|
ConnectTier2Libraries( &factory, 1 );
|
|
ConnectTier3Libraries( &factory, 1 );
|
|
|
|
if ( !g_pFullFileSystem || !g_pDataModel || !g_pMaterialSystem || !g_pStudioRender )
|
|
{
|
|
Warning( "StudioMDL is missing a required interface!\n" );
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !SetupSearchPaths( g_path, false, true ) )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: This is necessary to get the cmdlib filesystem stuff to work.
|
|
g_pFileSystem = g_pFullFileSystem;
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: This is stuff copied out of cmdlib necessary to get
|
|
// the tools in cmdlib working
|
|
FileSystem_SetupStandardDirectories( g_path, GetGameInfoPath() );
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void CStudioMDLApp::PostShutdown()
|
|
{
|
|
DisconnectTier3Libraries();
|
|
DisconnectTier2Libraries();
|
|
DisconnectTier1Libraries();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Method which parses arguments
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
bool CStudioMDLApp::ParseArguments()
|
|
{
|
|
g_currentscale = g_defaultscale = 1.0;
|
|
g_defaultrotation = RadianEuler( 0, 0, M_PI / 2 );
|
|
|
|
// skip weightlist 0
|
|
g_numweightlist = 1;
|
|
|
|
eyeposition = Vector( 0, 0, 0 );
|
|
gflags = 0;
|
|
numrep = 0;
|
|
tag_reversed = 0;
|
|
tag_normals = 0;
|
|
|
|
normal_blend = cos( DEG2RAD( 2.0 ));
|
|
|
|
g_gamma = 2.2;
|
|
|
|
g_staticprop = false;
|
|
g_centerstaticprop = false;
|
|
|
|
g_realignbones = false;
|
|
g_constdirectionalightdot = 0;
|
|
|
|
g_bDumpGLViewFiles = false;
|
|
g_quiet = false;
|
|
|
|
g_illumpositionattachment = 0;
|
|
g_flMaxEyeDeflection = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
int argc = CommandLine()->ParmCount();
|
|
int i;
|
|
for ( i = 1; i < argc - 1; i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
const char *pArgv = CommandLine()->GetParm( i );
|
|
if ( pArgv[0] != '-' )
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-allowdebug" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Ignore, used by interface system to catch debug builds checked into release tree
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-mdlreport" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Will reparse later, ignore rest of arguments.
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-mdlreportspreadsheet" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Will reparse later, ignore for now.
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-ihvtest" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
++i;
|
|
g_IHVTest = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-overridedefinebones" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bOverridePreDefinedBones = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-striplods" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bStripLods = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-stripmodel" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_eRunMode = RUN_MODE_STRIP_MODEL;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-stripvhv" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_eRunMode = RUN_MODE_STRIP_VHV;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-vsi" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bMakeVsi = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-quiet" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_quiet = true;
|
|
g_verbose = false;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-verbose" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_quiet = false;
|
|
g_verbose = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-fullcollide" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_badCollide = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-checklengths" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bCheckLengths = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-printbones" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bPrintBones = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-perf" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bPerf = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-printgraph" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bDumpGraph = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-definebones" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_definebones = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-makefile" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bCreateMakefile = true;
|
|
g_quiet = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-verify" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bVerifyOnly = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-minlod" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_minLod = atoi( CommandLine()->GetParm( ++i ) );
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-x360"))
|
|
{
|
|
StudioByteSwap::ActivateByteSwapping( true ); // Set target to big endian
|
|
g_bX360 = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-nox360"))
|
|
{
|
|
g_bX360 = false;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-nowarnings" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bNoWarnings = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-maxwarnings" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_maxWarnings = atoi( CommandLine()->GetParm( ++i ) );
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-preview" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bBuildPreview = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !Q_stricmp( pArgv, "-dumpmaterials" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bDumpMaterials = true;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pArgv[1] && pArgv[2] == '\0' )
|
|
{
|
|
switch( pArgv[1] )
|
|
{
|
|
case 't':
|
|
i++;
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( defaulttexture[numrep], pArgv );
|
|
if (i < argc - 2 && CommandLine()->GetParm(i + 1)[0] != '-')
|
|
{
|
|
i++;
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( sourcetexture[numrep], pArgv );
|
|
printf("Replacing %s with %s\n", sourcetexture[numrep], defaulttexture[numrep] );
|
|
}
|
|
printf( "Using default texture: %s\n", defaulttexture[numrep] );
|
|
numrep++;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 'r':
|
|
tag_reversed = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 'n':
|
|
tag_normals = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 'a':
|
|
i++;
|
|
normal_blend = cos( DEG2RAD( verify_atof( pArgv ) ) );
|
|
break;
|
|
case 'h':
|
|
dump_hboxes = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 'i':
|
|
ignore_warnings = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 'd':
|
|
g_bDumpGLViewFiles = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
// case 'p':
|
|
// i++;
|
|
// V_strcpy_safe( qproject, pArgv );
|
|
// break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( i >= argc )
|
|
{
|
|
// misformed arguments
|
|
// otherwise generating unintended results
|
|
UsageAndExit();
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const char *pArgv = CommandLine()->GetParm( i );
|
|
Q_strncpy( g_path, pArgv, sizeof(g_path) );
|
|
if ( Q_IsAbsolutePath( g_path ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Set the working directory to be the path of the qc file
|
|
// so the relative-file fopen code works
|
|
char pQCDir[MAX_PATH];
|
|
Q_ExtractFilePath( g_path, pQCDir, sizeof(pQCDir) );
|
|
_chdir( pQCDir );
|
|
}
|
|
Q_StripExtension( pArgv, outname, sizeof( outname ) );
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Purpose: search through the "GamePath" key and create a mirrored version in the content path searches
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void AddContentPaths( )
|
|
{
|
|
// look for the "content" in the path to the initial QC file
|
|
char *match = "content\\";
|
|
char *sp = strstr( qdir, match );
|
|
if (!sp)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// copy off everything before and including "content"
|
|
char pre[1024];
|
|
strncpy( pre, qdir, sp - qdir + strlen( match ) );
|
|
pre[sp - qdir + strlen( match )] = '\0';
|
|
sp = sp + strlen( match );
|
|
|
|
// copy off everything folling the word after "content"
|
|
char post[1024];
|
|
sp = strstr( sp+1, "\\" );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( post, sp );
|
|
|
|
// get a copy of the game search paths
|
|
char paths[1024];
|
|
g_pFullFileSystem->GetSearchPath( "GAME", false, paths, sizeof( paths ) );
|
|
if (!g_quiet)
|
|
printf("all paths:%s\n", paths );
|
|
|
|
// pull out the game names and insert them into a content path string
|
|
sp = strstr( paths, "game\\" );
|
|
while (sp)
|
|
{
|
|
char temp[1024];
|
|
sp = sp + 5;
|
|
char *sz = strstr( sp, "\\" );
|
|
if (!sz)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( temp, pre );
|
|
strncat( temp, sp, sz - sp );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( temp, post );
|
|
sp = sz;
|
|
sp = strstr( sp, "game\\" );
|
|
CmdLib_AddBasePath( temp );
|
|
if (!g_quiet)
|
|
printf("content:%s\n", temp );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// The application object
|
|
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
int CStudioMDLApp::Main()
|
|
{
|
|
const bool bP4DLLExists = g_pFullFileSystem->FileExists( "p4lib.dll", "EXECUTABLE_PATH" );
|
|
|
|
// No p4 mode if specified on the command line or no p4lib.dll found
|
|
if ( ( CommandLine()->FindParm( "-nop4" ) ) || ( !bP4DLLExists ) )
|
|
{
|
|
g_bNoP4 = true;
|
|
g_p4factory->SetDummyMode( true );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set the named changelist
|
|
g_p4factory->SetOpenFileChangeList( "StudioMDL Auto Checkout" );
|
|
|
|
// This bit of hackery allows us to access files on the harddrive
|
|
g_pFullFileSystem->AddSearchPath( "", "LOCAL", PATH_ADD_TO_HEAD );
|
|
|
|
MaterialSystem_Config_t config;
|
|
g_pMaterialSystem->OverrideConfig( config, false );
|
|
|
|
int nReturnValue;
|
|
if ( HandleMdlReport( nReturnValue ) )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Don't bother with undo here
|
|
g_pDataModel->SetUndoEnabled( false );
|
|
|
|
// look for the "content\hl2x" string in the qdir and add what should be the correct path as an alternate
|
|
// FIXME: add these to an envvar if folks are using complicated directory mappings instead of defaults
|
|
char *match = "content\\hl2x\\";
|
|
char *sp = strstr( qdir, match );
|
|
if (sp)
|
|
{
|
|
char temp[1024];
|
|
strncpy( temp, qdir, sp - qdir + strlen( match ) );
|
|
temp[sp - qdir + strlen( match )] = '\0';
|
|
CmdLib_AddBasePath( temp );
|
|
V_strcat_safe( temp, "..\\..\\..\\..\\main\\content\\hl2\\" );
|
|
CmdLib_AddBasePath( temp );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AddContentPaths();
|
|
|
|
if (!g_quiet)
|
|
{
|
|
printf("qdir: \"%s\"\n", qdir );
|
|
printf("gamedir: \"%s\"\n", gamedir );
|
|
printf("g_path: \"%s\"\n", g_path );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch ( g_eRunMode )
|
|
{
|
|
case RUN_MODE_STRIP_MODEL:
|
|
return Main_StripModel();
|
|
|
|
case RUN_MODE_STRIP_VHV:
|
|
return Main_StripVhv();
|
|
|
|
case RUN_MODE_BUILD:
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const char *pExt = Q_GetFileExtension( g_path );
|
|
|
|
// Look for the presence of a .mdl file (only -vsi is currently supported for .mdl files)
|
|
if ( pExt && !Q_stricmp( pExt, "mdl" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( g_bMakeVsi )
|
|
return Main_MakeVsi();
|
|
|
|
printf( "ERROR: .qc or .dmx file should be specified to build.\n" );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !g_quiet )
|
|
printf( "Building binary model files...\n" );
|
|
|
|
// Look for the presence of a .dmx file of the same name
|
|
// If so, load it first
|
|
CDmeMDLMakefile *pMDLMakeFile = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if ( pExt && !Q_stricmp( pExt, "dmx" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
CDmElement *pRoot;
|
|
if ( g_pDataModel->RestoreFromFile( g_path, NULL, NULL, &pRoot ) != DMFILEID_INVALID )
|
|
{
|
|
pMDLMakeFile = CastElement<CDmeMDLMakefile>( pRoot );
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
Q_FileBase( g_path, g_path, sizeof( g_path ) );
|
|
Q_DefaultExtension( g_path, pMDLMakeFile ? ".dmx" : ".qc", sizeof( g_path ) );
|
|
if (!g_quiet)
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "Working on \"%s\"\n", g_path );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Turn on checking for special single character tokens while parsing
|
|
SetCheckSingleCharTokens( true );
|
|
SetSingleCharTokenList( "{}()," );
|
|
|
|
// Set up script loading callback, discarding default callback
|
|
( void ) SetScriptLoadedCallback( StudioMdl_ScriptLoadedCallback );
|
|
|
|
// load the script
|
|
if ( !pMDLMakeFile )
|
|
{
|
|
LoadScriptFile(g_path);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( fullpath, g_path );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( fullpath, ExpandPath( fullpath ) );
|
|
V_strcpy_safe( fullpath, ExpandArg( fullpath ) );
|
|
|
|
// default to having one entry in the LOD list that doesn't do anything so
|
|
// that we don't have to do any special cases for the first LOD.
|
|
g_ScriptLODs.Purge();
|
|
g_ScriptLODs.AddToTail(); // add an empty one
|
|
g_ScriptLODs[0].switchValue = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// parse it
|
|
//
|
|
ClearModel();
|
|
|
|
// V_strcpy_safe( g_pPlatformName, "" );
|
|
if ( pMDLMakeFile )
|
|
{
|
|
ParseMDLMakeFile( pMDLMakeFile );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ParseScript();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !g_bCreateMakefile )
|
|
{
|
|
SetSkinValues();
|
|
|
|
SimplifyModel();
|
|
|
|
ConsistencyCheckSurfaceProp();
|
|
ConsistencyCheckContents();
|
|
|
|
CollisionModel_Build();
|
|
|
|
// ValidateSharedAnimationGroups();
|
|
|
|
WriteModelFiles();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pMDLMakeFile )
|
|
{
|
|
DestroyElement( pMDLMakeFile );
|
|
pMDLMakeFile = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( g_bCreateMakefile )
|
|
{
|
|
CreateMakefile_OutputMakefile();
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( g_bMakeVsi )
|
|
{
|
|
Q_snprintf( g_path, ARRAYSIZE( g_path ), "%smodels/%s", gamedir, outname );
|
|
Main_MakeVsi();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!g_quiet)
|
|
{
|
|
printf("\nCompleted \"%s\"\n", g_path);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_pDataModel->UnloadFile( DMFILEID_INVALID );
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// WriteFileToDisk
|
|
// Equivalent to g_pFullFileSystem->WriteFile( pFileName, pPath, buf ), but works
|
|
// for relative paths.
|
|
//
|
|
bool WriteFileToDisk( const char *pFileName, const char *pPath, CUtlBuffer &buf )
|
|
{
|
|
// For some reason calling full filesystem will write into hl2 root dir
|
|
// return g_pFullFileSystem->WriteFile( pFileName, pPath, buf );
|
|
|
|
FILE *f = fopen( pFileName, "wb" );
|
|
if ( !f )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
fwrite( buf.Base(), 1, buf.TellPut(), f );
|
|
fclose( f );
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// WriteBufferToFile
|
|
// Helper to concatenate file base and extension.
|
|
//
|
|
bool WriteBufferToFile( CUtlBuffer &buf, const char *szFilebase, const char *szExt )
|
|
{
|
|
char szFilename[ 1024 ];
|
|
Q_snprintf( szFilename, ARRAYSIZE( szFilename ), "%s%s", szFilebase, szExt );
|
|
return WriteFileToDisk( szFilename, NULL, buf );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// LoadBufferFromFile
|
|
// Loads the buffer from file, return true on success, false otherwise.
|
|
// If bError is true prints an error upon failure.
|
|
//
|
|
bool LoadBufferFromFile( CUtlBuffer &buffer, char const *szFilebase, char const *szExt, bool bError = true )
|
|
{
|
|
char szFilename[1024];
|
|
Q_snprintf( szFilename, ARRAYSIZE( szFilename ), "%s%s", szFilebase, szExt );
|
|
|
|
if ( g_pFullFileSystem->ReadFile( szFilename, NULL, buffer ) )
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if ( bError )
|
|
MdlError( "Failed to open '%s'!\n", szFilename );
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool Load3ModelBuffers( CUtlBuffer &bufMDL, CUtlBuffer &bufVVD, CUtlBuffer &bufVTX, char const *szFilebase )
|
|
{
|
|
// Load up the mdl file
|
|
if ( !LoadBufferFromFile( bufMDL, szFilebase, ".mdl" ) )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Load up the vvd file
|
|
if ( !LoadBufferFromFile( bufVVD, szFilebase, ".vvd" ) )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Load up the dx90.vtx file
|
|
if ( !LoadBufferFromFile( bufVTX, szFilebase, ".dx90.vtx" ) )
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
//
|
|
// Studiomdl hooks to call the stripping routines:
|
|
// Main_StripVhv
|
|
// Main_StripModel
|
|
//
|
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
int CStudioMDLApp::Main_StripVhv()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !g_quiet )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "Stripping vhv data...\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !mdllib )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: mdllib is not available!\n" );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Q_StripExtension( g_path, g_path, sizeof( g_path ) );
|
|
char *pExt = g_path + strlen( g_path );
|
|
*pExt = 0;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ====== Load files
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Load up the vhv file
|
|
CUtlBuffer bufVHV;
|
|
if ( !LoadBufferFromFile( bufVHV, g_path, ".vhv" ) )
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
// Load up the info.strip file
|
|
CUtlBuffer bufRemapping;
|
|
if ( !LoadBufferFromFile( bufRemapping, g_path, ".info.strip", false ) &&
|
|
!LoadBufferFromFile( bufRemapping, g_path, ".vsi" ) )
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ====== Process file contents
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
bool bResult = false;
|
|
{
|
|
SpewActivate( "mdllib", 3 );
|
|
|
|
IMdlStripInfo *pMdlStripInfo = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if ( mdllib->CreateNewStripInfo( &pMdlStripInfo ) )
|
|
{
|
|
pMdlStripInfo->UnSerialize( bufRemapping );
|
|
bResult = pMdlStripInfo->StripHardwareVertsBuffer( bufVHV );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pMdlStripInfo )
|
|
pMdlStripInfo->DeleteThis();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !bResult )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: stripping failed!\n" );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ====== Save out processed data
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Save vhv
|
|
if ( !WriteBufferToFile( bufVHV, g_path, ".vhv.strip" ) )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: Failed to save '%s'!\n", g_path );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int CStudioMDLApp::Main_MakeVsi()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mdllib )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: mdllib is not available!\n" );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Q_StripExtension( g_path, g_path, sizeof( g_path ) );
|
|
char *pExt = g_path + strlen( g_path );
|
|
*pExt = 0;
|
|
|
|
// Load up the files
|
|
CUtlBuffer bufMDL;
|
|
CUtlBuffer bufVVD;
|
|
CUtlBuffer bufVTX;
|
|
if ( !Load3ModelBuffers( bufMDL, bufVVD, bufVTX, g_path ) )
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ====== Process file contents
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
CUtlBuffer bufMappingTable;
|
|
bool bResult = false;
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !g_quiet )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "---------------------\n" );
|
|
printf( "Generating .vsi stripping information...\n" );
|
|
|
|
SpewActivate( "mdllib", 3 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IMdlStripInfo *pMdlStripInfo = NULL;
|
|
|
|
bResult =
|
|
mdllib->StripModelBuffers( bufMDL, bufVVD, bufVTX, &pMdlStripInfo ) &&
|
|
pMdlStripInfo->Serialize( bufMappingTable );
|
|
|
|
if ( pMdlStripInfo )
|
|
pMdlStripInfo->DeleteThis();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !bResult )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: stripping failed!\n" );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ====== Save out processed data
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Save remapping data using "P4 edit -> save -> P4 add" approach
|
|
sprintf( pExt, ".vsi" );
|
|
CP4AutoEditAddFile _auto_edit_vsi( g_path );
|
|
|
|
if ( !WriteFileToDisk( g_path, NULL, bufMappingTable ) )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: Failed to save '%s'!\n", g_path );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( !g_quiet )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "Generated .vsi stripping information.\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int CStudioMDLApp::Main_StripModel()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !g_quiet )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "Stripping binary model files...\n" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !mdllib )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: mdllib is not available!\n" );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Q_FileBase( g_path, g_path, sizeof( g_path ) );
|
|
char *pExt = g_path + strlen( g_path );
|
|
*pExt = 0;
|
|
|
|
// Load up the files
|
|
CUtlBuffer bufMDL;
|
|
CUtlBuffer bufVVD;
|
|
CUtlBuffer bufVTX;
|
|
if ( !Load3ModelBuffers( bufMDL, bufVVD, bufVTX, g_path ) )
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ====== Process file contents
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
CUtlBuffer bufMappingTable;
|
|
bool bResult = false;
|
|
{
|
|
SpewActivate( "mdllib", 3 );
|
|
|
|
IMdlStripInfo *pMdlStripInfo = NULL;
|
|
|
|
bResult =
|
|
mdllib->StripModelBuffers( bufMDL, bufVVD, bufVTX, &pMdlStripInfo ) &&
|
|
pMdlStripInfo->Serialize( bufMappingTable );
|
|
|
|
if ( pMdlStripInfo )
|
|
pMdlStripInfo->DeleteThis();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !bResult )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: stripping failed!\n" );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ====== Save out processed data
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Save mdl
|
|
sprintf( pExt, ".mdl.strip" );
|
|
if ( !WriteFileToDisk( g_path, NULL, bufMDL ) )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: Failed to save '%s'!\n", g_path );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Save vvd
|
|
sprintf( pExt, ".vvd.strip" );
|
|
if ( !WriteFileToDisk( g_path, NULL, bufVVD ) )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: Failed to save '%s'!\n", g_path );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Save vtx
|
|
sprintf( pExt, ".vtx.strip" );
|
|
if ( !WriteFileToDisk( g_path, NULL, bufVTX ) )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: Failed to save '%s'!\n", g_path );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Save remapping data
|
|
sprintf( pExt, ".info.strip" );
|
|
if ( !WriteFileToDisk( g_path, NULL, bufMappingTable ) )
|
|
{
|
|
printf( "ERROR: Failed to save '%s'!\n", g_path );
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|